UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009 OR
|
o
|
|
Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commission File
No. 1-14050
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
|
|
06-1308215
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Lexmark Centre Drive
740 West New Circle Road
|
|
|
Lexington, Kentucky
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
40550
(Zip Code)
|
(859) 232-2000
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of each exchange
|
Title of each class
|
|
on which registered
|
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined by
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act) Yes
o No þ
The aggregate market value of the shares of voting common stock
held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately
$1.2 billion based on the closing price for the
Class A Common Stock on the last business day of the
registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
As of February 19, 2010, there were outstanding
78,171,263 shares (excluding shares held in treasury) of
the registrants Class A Common Stock, par value
$0.01, which is the only class of voting common stock of the
registrant, and there were no shares outstanding of the
registrants Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Certain information in the Companys definitive Proxy
Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which
will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year, is incorporated by reference
in Part III of this
Form 10-K.
LEXMARK
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
Forward-Looking
Statements
This Annual Report on
Form 10-K
contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning
of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. All statements, other than statements of historical
fact, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements
are made based upon information that is currently available or
managements current expectations and beliefs concerning
future developments and their potential effects upon the
Company, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to
certain risks and uncertainties. We assume no obligation to
update or revise any forward-looking statements contained or
incorporated by reference herein to reflect any change in
events, conditions or circumstances, or expectations with regard
thereto, on which any such forward-looking statement is based,
in whole or in part. There can be no assurance that future
developments affecting the Company will be those anticipated by
management, and there are a number of factors that could
adversely affect the Companys future operating results or
cause the Companys actual results to differ materially
from the estimates or expectations reflected in such
forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, the
factors set forth under the title Risk Factors in
Item 1A of this report. The information referred to above
should be considered by investors when reviewing any
forward-looking statements contained in this report, in any of
the Companys public filings or press releases or in any
oral statements made by the Company or any of its officers or
other persons acting on its behalf. The important factors that
could affect forward-looking statements are subject to change,
and the Company does not intend to update the factors set forth
in the Risk Factors section of this report. By means
of this cautionary note, the Company intends to avail itself of
the safe harbor from liability with respect to forward-looking
statements that is provided by Section 27A and
Section 21E referred to above.
Part I
General
Lexmark International, Inc., (Lexmark or the
Company) is a Delaware corporation and the surviving
company of a merger between itself and its former parent holding
company, Lexmark International Group, Inc., (Group)
consummated on July 1, 2000. Group was formed in July 1990
in connection with the acquisition of IBM Information Products
Corporation from International Business Machines Corporation
(IBM). The acquisition was completed in March 1991.
On November 15, 1995, Group completed its initial public
offering of Class A Common Stock and Lexmark now trades on
the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LXK.
Lexmark makes it easier for businesses of all sizes to move
information between the digital and paper worlds. Since its
inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer,
manufacturer and supplier of printing and imaging solutions for
the office. Lexmarks products include laser printers,
inkjet printers, multifunction devices, dot matrix printers and
associated supplies, services and solutions. Lexmark develops
and owns most of the technology for its laser and inkjet
products and related solutions. The Company operates in the
office products industry. The Company is primarily managed along
divisional lines: the Printing Solutions and Services Division
(PSSD) and the Imaging Solutions Division
(ISD). Refer to Part II, Item 8,
Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional information regarding the Companys
reportable segments.
Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from
the United States of America (U.S.), accounts for
approximately 57% of the Companys consolidated revenue,
with Europe accounting for approximately two-thirds of
international sales. Lexmarks products are sold in more
than 150 countries in North and South America, Europe, the
Middle East, Africa, Asia, the Pacific Rim and the Caribbean.
This geographic diversity offers the Company opportunities to
participate in new markets, provides diversification to its
revenue stream and operations to help offset geographic economic
trends, and utilizes the technical and business expertise of a
worldwide workforce. Currency exchange rates had an
1
unfavorable impact on international revenue in 2009 and a
favorable impact on the Companys costs and expenses.
Refer to Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations Effect
of Currency Exchange Rates and Exchange Rate Risk Management
for more information. A summary of the Companys
revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is found in
Part II, Item 8, Note 18 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
Market
Overview1
Lexmark management believes that the total distributed output
opportunity was between $80 and $90 billion in 2009,
including hardware and supplies. This opportunity includes
printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base
of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being
integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry
information, Lexmark management believes that the market
declined in 2009 due to the continued global economic weakness.
When global economic growth resumes, the industry could again
experience low to mid single digit annual revenue growth rates
with the highest growth likely to be in multifunction products
(MFPs), color lasers and related software solutions
and services and stronger emerging countries. The Companys
management believes that the integration of print/copy/fax/scan
capabilities enables Lexmark to leverage strengths in network
printing and document workflow solutions. In general, as the
hardcopy industry matures and printer and copier markets
converge, the Companys management expects competitive
pressures to continue. This convergence represents an
opportunity for printer-based product and solution vendors like
Lexmark to displace copier-based products in the marketplace.
The Internet and the deployment of Electronic Content Management
(ECM) systems are positively impacting the
distributed output market opportunity in several ways. As more
information is available electronically, and new tools and
solutions are being developed to access it, more of this
information is being printed on distributed output devices and
less on commercial and centralized printing devices.
Lexmarks management believes that an increasing percentage
of this distributed output includes color and graphics, which
tend to increase supplies usage. Growth in high-speed and
wireless Internet access to the home is also contributing to
increased printing on distributed devices.
The laser product market primarily serves business customers.
Laser products can be divided into two major
categories shared workgroup products and
lower-priced desktop products. Shared workgroup products are
typically attached directly to large workgroup networks, while
lower-priced desktop products are attached to personal computers
(PCs) or small workgroup networks. Both product
categories include color and monochrome laser offerings. The
shared workgroup products include laser printers and
multifunction devices, which typically include high-performance
internal network adapters and are easily upgraded to include
additional input and output capacity and finishing capabilities
as well as additional memory and storage. Most shared workgroup
products also have sophisticated network management tools and
are available as single function printers and multifunction
products that print/copy/fax and scan to network.
Color and multifunction products continue to represent a more
significant portion of the laser market. The Companys
management believes these trends will continue. Industry pricing
pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers to
purchase higher value color and multifunction products and
optional paper handling and finishing features as well as to
purchase output through print and document management software
solutions and services that help customers to optimize their
document-related infrastructure to improve productivity and cost.
The inkjet product market historically has been predominantly a
consumer market, but there is an increasing trend toward inkjet
products being designed for small office home office
(SOHO) and other businesses. Customers are
increasingly seeking productivity-related features that are
found in
1 Certain
information contained in the Market Overview section
has been obtained from industry sources, public information and
other internal and external sources. Data available from
industry analysts varies widely among sources. The Company bases
its analysis of market trends on the data available from several
different industry analysts.
2
inkjet multifunction products designed for office use such as
wireless and ethernet connectivity, automatic document feeders
and duplex capabilities, as well as web-based applications to
automate print and document related work functions. This trend
represents an opportunity for the Company to pursue revenue
growth opportunities with its inkjet products and solutions
targeted at SOHO and business market segments.
Strategy
Lexmarks strategy is based on a business model of
investing in technology to develop and sell printing solutions,
including printers, multifunction products and solution
software, with the objective of growing its installed base,
which drives recurring supplies sales. Supplies are the profit
engine of the business model. Supplies profit then funds new
technology investments in products and solutions, which drive
the cycle again and again. The Companys management
believes that Lexmark has the following strengths related to
this business model:
|
|
|
|
|
First, Lexmark is exclusively focused on delivering distributed
printing and imaging, and related document solutions and
services. The Companys management believes that this focus
has enabled Lexmark to be responsive and flexible in meeting
specific business customer and channel partner needs.
|
|
|
|
Second, Lexmark internally develops three of the key print
technologies associated with distributed printing, including
inkjet, monochrome laser and color laser. The Companys
monochrome laser technology platform has historically allowed it
to be a price/performance leader in enterprise network
printer-based products and also build unique capabilities into
its products that enable it to offer customized printing and
document workflow solutions. Lexmarks focus is to advance
its inkjet technology, products and solutions to address higher
usage customers.
|
|
|
|
Third, Lexmark has leveraged its technological capabilities and
its commitment to flexibility and responsiveness to build strong
relationships with large-account customers and channel partners,
including major retail chains, distributors, direct-response
catalogers and value-added resellers. Lexmarks
path-to-market
includes industry-focused consultative sales and services teams
that deliver unique and differentiated solutions to both large
accounts and channel partners that sell into the Companys
target industries.
|
Lexmark is focused on driving long-term performance by
strategically investing in technology, products and solutions to
secure high value product installations and capture profitable
supplies and service annuities in document and print intensive
segments of the distributed printing market.
PSSD is primarily focused on capturing profitable supplies and
service annuities generated from workgroup monochrome and color
laser printers and laser MFPs. The key strategic initiatives of
PSSD are:
|
|
|
|
|
Expand and strengthen the Companys product line of
workgroup, color laser and laser MFP devices;
|
|
|
|
Advance and strengthen the Companys industry solutions and
workflow capabilities to maintain and grow the Companys
penetration in selected industries;
|
|
|
|
Advance and grow the Companys managed print services
business;
|
|
|
|
Expand the Companys rate of participation in opportunities;
|
Lexmarks PSSD strategy requires that it provide its array
of high-quality, technologically-advanced products and solutions
at competitive prices. Lexmark continually enhances its products
to ensure that they function efficiently in increasingly-complex
enterprise network environments. It also provides flexible tools
to enable network administrators to improve productivity.
Lexmarks PSSD target markets include large corporations,
small and medium businesses (SMBs) and the public
sector. Lexmarks PSSD strategy also requires that it
continually identify and focus on industry-specific print and
document process-
3
related issues so that it can differentiate itself by offering
unique industry solutions and related services. With the
introduction of new laser products that began in the fall of
2008 and continued through the end of 2009, the Company has
announced products that represent the most extensive series of
laser product introductions in the Companys history. The
new product introductions have significantly strengthened the
breadth and depth of the Companys workgroup laser line,
color laser line and laser MFPs.
The ISD strategy is to build a profitable, growing and
sustainable inkjet business derived from a more productive and
higher page generating installed base of products and solutions
that serve SOHO and business users. The ISD strategy is focused
on growth in the higher page generating inkjet and laser
products sold to SOHO and businesses through both retail and
non-retail channels and original equipment manufacturer
(OEM) partner arrangements. The ISD strategy shift
that began in 2007 continues to aggressively shift its focus to
geographic regions, product segments and customers that generate
higher page usage. The strategy shift and related initiatives
have yielded the following for the Companys ISD segment
since 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
The introduction of new products such as Lexmarks
Professional Series as well as the introduction in September
2009 of inkjet AIOs (including new Web-connected touch screen
AIOs) targeted for small and medium businesses;
|
|
|
|
An increasing amount of industry recognition and awards for its
inkjet products; and
|
|
|
|
An improvement in the Companys retail presence in
U.S. Office Super Stores.
|
Lexmarks ISD goal is to create printing products and
innovative solutions that make it easier for SOHO and business
users to improve their productivity.
Over the last several years, the Company continues to invest in
product and solution development as well as solution sales. This
investment has led to new products and solutions aimed at
targeted growth segments as well as a pipeline of future
products.
Because of Lexmarks exclusive focus on printing and
document solutions, the Company has formed alliances and OEM
arrangements to pursue incremental business opportunities
through its alliance partners.
The Companys strategy for dot matrix printers is to
continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to
maximize cash flow and profit.
Products
Laser
Products
Lexmark offers a wide range of monochrome and color laser
printers and MFPs along with customized solution applications
and services to help businesses move beyond printing. Lexmark
solutions and services help customers optimize and manage their
print environment, reduce cost and paper usage, and accelerate
workflow by improving business processes and end-user
productivity.
In 2009, Lexmark introduced 33 new product models ranging from
small workgroup offerings to large departmental MFPs.
Monochrome
Laser
Within the medium to large workgroup monochrome laser category,
the company rounded out its successful Lexmark T650 Series and
Lexmark X650 Series products with the new Lexmark T656dne, the
industrys first single-function monochrome A4
(8.5 inch x 11 inch) laser printer with a touch
screen, providing businesses the ability to tap into
Lexmarks powerful solutions platform and work more
efficiently. The innovative T656dne monochrome laser printer
expands the usefulness of a single-function machine. Leveraging
Lexmarks award-winning Embedded Solutions Framework, the
T656dne is preloaded with a Forms and Favorites application that
allows for the printing of documents stored online, including
web
4
pages without the need for a PC. It can also be configured to
auto-save documents on the printers encrypted hard disk,
allowing access to information even if the network is down.
The Lexmark X860 Series includes six new, A3-capable
(11 inch x 17 inch) monochrome laser MFPs targeted to
large workgroups and departments who have demanding document
needs. These powerful, touch-screen MFPs integrate the
capabilities of several standalone units and offer high
performance with
state-of-the-art
security features, in addition to a broad selection of input and
finishing options and solution applications.
For small and midsize workgroups, the Company enhanced its
Lexmark E460 Series with the Lexmark E462dtn. The Lexmark
E462dtn is compact, yet provides the largest standard input
capacity and toner yield of any model within the Lexmark E
Series. Additionally, the E462dtn offers two 250-sheet paper
inputs, a 50-sheet multipurpose feeder, and an extra high yield
replacement toner cartridge with an 18,000-page capacity.
Adding breadth and depth to its monochrome MFP lineup, the
Company introduced 11 new compact devices: the Lexmark X264dn,
Lexmark X360 Series, Lexmark X460 and the Lexmark X200 Series.
The Lexmark X264dn and X360 Series unite essential office
functions into one compact, high-performance solution. These
devices offer competitive features to save time and money,
including scanning and high-yield toner cartridges. The Lexmark
X460 Series deliver a higher level of performance, with faster
print speeds, advanced copying and easy user authentication for
enhanced security. In addition, the high-end X466de model ships
ready to run Lexmark solution applications and comes standard
with a hard disk. The Lexmark X200 Series provides affordable
solutions for the desktop. These ultra-compact MFPs deliver
sharp text, rapid copying and handy scanning tools for
all-around convenience at a great value.
Color
Laser
Following the successful introduction of last years C540
Series and X540 Series color laser products, Lexmark bolstered
its color lineup with new value-enhanced editions to both
series, as well as two new color series for medium workgroups
with higher-volume print requirements: the Lexmark X730 Series
of color laser MFPs and the Lexmark C730 Series of color laser
printers.
The Lexmark X546dtn and Lexmark C546dtn are designed for small
to midsize workgroups or busy offices that need access to an
affordable device that delivers productivity-enhancing features
and professional-quality color printing. Both models feature
Lexmarks Duo Drawer standard, providing up to 900 sheets
of standard input capacity, the most of any color laser printer
or color laser MFP priced under $1,000. In addition, for
customers who need even more paper capacity, a new optional
550-sheet drawer allows for a maximum capacity of 1,450 sheets.
A new 8,000-page extra high yield black replacement toner
cartridge means fewer interventions for the customer and helps
reduce the cost of ownership by delivering a low
cost-per-page.
Both products are included in the exclusive Lexmark Rewards
program, which rewards customers with free genuine Lexmark
toner and imaging kits for sending their empty cartridges back
to Lexmark for recycling or remanufacturing.
The Lexmark X730 Series of color laser MFPs combines fast,
high-quality color printing, copying, faxing and scanning in one
multifunction device. The series offers robust color performance
at affordable prices and in a convenient size, allowing the
device to be placed closer to users. The X730 Series has a large
touch screen and includes Lexmarks Embedded Solutions
Framework. By adding solution applications to the device,
customers can transform their workflow, helping them print less,
save time, lower costs and reduce the environmental impact of
printing.
The Lexmark C730 Series of single-function color laser printers
shares the X730s durable platform. Built for high-volume
jobs, the C730 Series prints on a wide range of paper types,
from envelopes and labels to card stock. For added versatility,
customers can add the new Specialty Media Drawer option, which
is ideal for large stacks of envelopes. They can also add up to
four stackable drawers to boost capacity up to an impressive
4,300 sheets.
5
For large workgroups or department users, the Company continues
to offer the X782e XL, X940e and X945e color laser MFPs. The
X782e XL combines impressive ease of use with cost-efficient
cartridge pricing for high-volume users. The X940e and X945e are
color laser MFPs that support media sizes up to A3 (11 inch
x 17 inch) and advanced finishing options, such as a
booklet maker. The Company also continues to offer the C782 and
C935 single-function printers for this segment. The C782 models
are A4 (8.5 inch x 11 inch) printers that deliver up
to 35 color pages per minute. The C935 models are A3
(11 inch x 17 inch) printers that deliver up to 40
color pages per minute.
Lexmark is vertically integrated, which gives the Company the
ability to quickly respond to unique customer requirements and
develop customized solutions to improve workflow. As a result of
its insights into the specific processes required within
industries, the Company can effectively customize the eTask
interface on its MFPs to allow customers to reduce complicated,
multi-step processes within these industries to the touch of an
icon. The interface can easily be customized to meet each
customers unique workflow needs.
Inkjet
Products
Lexmarks inkjet products primarily include AIO printers
that offer print, copy, scan and fax functionality targeted at
SOHO and business users.
In 2009, Lexmark continued to advance the technology and value
of its inkjet product line. Lexmark introduced nine inkjet AIO
printers, eight of which are Wi-Fi
CERTIFIEDtm
at competitive price points ranging from $99 to $399. The
innovative, feature-rich line includes key advancements such as
the worlds first
Web-connected2
line of inkjet AIOs, Lexmarks myTouch capacitive 4.3-inch
touch screen technology, Lexmarks Vizix print technology,
Wireless-N connectivity (IEEE 802.11n) and the lowest black
printing cost in the inkjet
industry3.
The new line includes three Web-connected touch screen AIOs
ranging from $199 to $399.
Lexmark continues to build robustly designed and feature rich
products with lower operating costs to meet the demands of SOHO
and business users. Lexmarks Professional and Home Office
series of products include highly desirable office features such
as automatic two-sided printing, excellent document and photo
print quality at competitive speeds. In addition, the Company
delivers an industry leading
penny-per-page
option for black printing. To enhance the efficiency for
business users, the Company has launched SmartSolutions which
combines web-connected touch screen technology with the ability
to create simple, one-touch applications. Lexmark offers a
five-year warranty on all new Professional Series products and a
three-year warranty for most new Home Office products
demonstrating Lexmarks commitment to reliability and
productivity.
Leading the new
line-up of
Lexmarks Professional Series is the Platinum Pro905 and
the Prestige Pro805 which both feature the 4.3 Web
connected touch screen with SmartSolutions technology,
penny-per-page
mono printing, large paper input capacity, Wireless-N (IEEE
802.11n) and Ethernet connectivity. Other Professional Series
products include the Prevail Pro705 and Prospect Pro205 both of
which ship with high yield cartridges and a five-year warranty.
The Interact S605
All-in-One
leads the way for the Home Office products and also features the
4.3 Web-connected touch screen with SmartSolutions in
addition to Wireless-N (IEEE 802.11n) connectivity, two-sided
printing and excellent print speed and quality. The Home Office
line is rounded out by the Intuition S505, the Interpret S405
and the Impact 305, all of which offer wireless connectivity.
For users who do not require wireless printing but need a
feature-packed printer that is easy to use, the Company offers
the Lexmark X2670 color AIO printer.
2 Internet
access, computer and router required. Does not have Internet
browser capability. Not all displayed content can be printed.
3 Based
on 105XL black ink cartridges $4.99 MSRP in US dollars and a
yield of 510 standard pages, estimated in accordance with
ISO,IEC24711. Actual yields may vary. Actual cost in other
countries may vary. Lowest Cost claim based on
comparison with other inkjet
all-in-ones
as of June 1, 2009. The 105XL black ink cartridge is
available on the Professional Series Platinum and Prestige
models.
6
Dot Matrix
Products
Lexmark continues to market several dot matrix printer models
for customers who print multi-part forms.
Supplies
Lexmark designs, manufactures and distributes a variety of
cartridges and other supplies for use in its installed base of
laser, inkjet and dot matrix printers. Lexmarks revenue
and profit growth from its supplies business is directly linked
to the Companys ability to increase the installed base of
its laser and inkjet products or the usage rate of those
products. Lexmarks management believes the Company is an
industry leader with regard to the recovery, remanufacture,
reuse and recycling of used laser supplies cartridges, helping
to keep empty cartridges out of landfills. Attaining that
leadership position was made possible by the Companys
various empty cartridge collection programs around the world.
Lexmark continues to launch new programs and expand existing
cartridge collection programs to further expand its
remanufacturing business and this environmental commitment.
Service and
Support
Lexmark offers a wide range of services covering the
Companys line of printing products and technology
solutions including maintenance, consulting, systems integration
and Managed Print Services (MPS) capabilities to provide a
comprehensive output solution. Lexmark Global Services provide
customers with an assessment of their current environment and a
recommendation and implementation plan for the future state and
ongoing management and optimization of their output environment
and document related workflow/business processes. Managed print
services allow organizations to outsource fleet management,
technical support, supplies replenishment, maintenance
activities and other services to Lexmark.
Through its MPS offerings, Lexmark provides customers with
managed print services, giving them complete visibility and
control over their printing environment. These services include
asset lifecycle management, implementation and decommissioning
services, consumables management, optimization services and
utilization management. These services can be tailored to meet
each customers unique needs and give them more extensive
knowledge and optimization of their printing assets and
infrastructure.
The Companys printer products generally include a warranty
period of at least one year, and customers typically have the
option to purchase an extended warranty.
Marketing and
Distribution
Lexmark employs large-account sales and marketing teams whose
mission is to generate demand for its business printing
solutions and services, primarily among large corporations as
well as the public sector. Sales and marketing teams primarily
focus on industries such as financial services, retail,
manufacturing, education, government and health care. Those
teams, in conjunction with the Companys development and
manufacturing teams, are able to customize printing solutions to
meet customer needs for printing electronic forms, media
handling, duplex printing and other document workflow solutions.
Lexmark also markets its laser and inkjet products increasingly
through SMB teams who work closely with channel partners. The
Company distributes and fulfills its products to business
customers primarily through its well-established distributor and
reseller network. Lexmarks products are also sold through
solution providers, which offer custom solutions to specific
markets, and through direct response resellers.
Lexmarks international sales and marketing activities for
business customers are organized to meet the needs of the local
jurisdictions and the size of their markets. Operations in
Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA), North America, Latin America
and Asia Pacific focus on large-account and SMB demand
generation with orders primarily filled through distributors and
resellers.
The Companys laser printer supplies are generally
available at the customers preferred
point-of-purchase
through multiple channels of distribution. Although channel mix
varies somewhat depending upon the
7
geography, most of Lexmarks laser supplies products sold
commercially in 2009 were sold through the Companys
network of Lexmark-authorized supplies distributors and
resellers, who sell directly to end-users or to independent
office supply dealers.
Lexmark distributes its branded inkjet products and supplies
through retail outlets as well as distributors and resellers
worldwide. Lexmarks sales and marketing activities are
organized to meet the needs of the various geographies and the
size of their markets. In North America, products are primarily
distributed through large discount store chains, consumer
electronics stores, office superstores, wholesale clubs, online,
as well as through distributors. The Companys EMEA, Latin
American and Asia Pacific operations distribute products through
major distributors and information technology resellers and in
selected markets through key retailers.
Lexmark also sells its products through numerous alliances and
OEM arrangements. During 2009, 2008 and 2007, one customer,
Dell, accounted for $496 million or approximately 13%,
$596 million or approximately 13%, and $717 million or
approximately 14% of the Companys total revenue,
respectively. Sales to Dell are included in both PSSD and ISD.
Economic and
Seasonal Trends
Lexmarks business and results of operations have
historically been affected by general economic conditions. From
time to time, the Companys sales may be negatively
affected by weak economic conditions in those markets in which
the Company sells its products. The recent economic recession
experienced by the United States and other countries around the
world have adversely impacted the Companys sales and the
severity and duration of these adverse economic conditions
remains uncertain. If current economic conditions persist or
worsen, the Companys sales could continue to be adversely
affected.
The Company experiences some seasonal market trends in the sale
of its products and services. For example, sales are often
stronger during the second half of the year and sales in Europe
are often weaker in the summer months. The impact of these
seasonal trends on Lexmark has become less predictable.
Competition
Lexmark continues to develop and market new products and
innovative solutions at competitive prices. New product
announcements by the Companys principal competitors,
however, can have, and in the past, have had, a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial results. Such new product
announcements can quickly undermine any technological
competitive edge that one manufacturer may enjoy over another
and set new market standards for price, quality, speed and
functionality. Furthermore, knowledge in the marketplace about
pending new product announcements by the Companys
competitors may also have a material adverse effect on Lexmark
as purchasers of printers may defer buying decisions until the
announcement and subsequent testing of such new products.
In recent years, Lexmark and its principal competitors, many of
which have significantly greater financial, marketing
and/or
technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered
prices on hardware products and are expected to continue to do
so. Lexmark has experienced and remains vulnerable to these
pricing pressures. The Companys ability to grow or
maintain market share has been and may continue to be affected,
resulting in lower profitability. Lexmark expects that as it
competes with larger competitors, the Companys increased
market presence may attract more frequent challenges, both legal
and commercial, including claims of possible intellectual
property infringement.
The distributed printing market is extremely competitive. The
distributed laser printing market is dominated by
Hewlett-Packard (HP), which has a widely-recognized
brand name and has been identified as the market leader as
measured in annual units shipped. With the convergence of
traditional printer and copier markets, major laser competitors
now include traditional copier companies such as Canon, Ricoh
and Xerox. Other laser competitors include Brother, Konica
Minolta, Kyocera, Okidata and Samsung.
8
Lexmarks primary competitors in the inkjet product market
are HP, Canon and Epson, who together account for approximately
85% of worldwide inkjet product unit sales. The Company must
compete with these same vendors and other competitors, such as
Brother and Kodak, for retail shelf space allocated to printing
products and their associated supplies. Lexmark sees other
competitors and the potential for new entrants into the market
possibly having an impact on the Companys growth and
market share. The entrance of a competitor that is also focused
on printing solutions could have a material adverse impact on
the Companys strategy and financial results.
Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other
compatible alternatives for some of Lexmarks toner and ink
cartridges are available and compete with the Companys
supplies business. However, these alternatives may result in
inconsistent quality and reliability. As the installed base of
laser and inkjet products matures, the Company expects
competitive supplies activity to increase. Historically, the
Company has not experienced significant supplies pricing
pressure, but if supplies pricing were to come under significant
pressure, the Companys financial results could be
materially adversely affected.
Manufacturing
Lexmark operates manufacturing control centers in Lexington,
Kentucky; Shenzhen, China; and Geneva, Switzerland; and has
manufacturing sites in Boulder, Colorado; Juarez, Mexico; and
Lapu-Lapu City, Philippines. The Company also has customization
centers in each of the major geographies it serves.
Lexmarks manufacturing strategy is to retain control over
processes that are technologically complex, proprietary in
nature and central to the Companys business model, such as
the manufacture of toner and photoconductors. The Company shares
some of its technical expertise with certain manufacturing
partners, many of whom have facilities located in China, which
collectively provide Lexmark with substantially all of its
printer production capacity. The Company continually reviews its
manufacturing capabilities and cost structure and makes
adjustments as necessary.
Lexmarks manufacturing operations for toner and
photoconductor drums are located in Boulder, Colorado and
Juarez, Mexico. Laser printer cartridges are assembled by a
combination of in-house and third-party contract manufacturing.
The manufacturing control center for laser printer supplies is
located in Geneva, Switzerland.
Lexmarks manufacturing operations for inkjet printer
supplies are located in Lapu-Lapu City, Philippines. The
manufacturing control center for inkjet supplies is located in
Geneva, Switzerland.
Materials
Lexmark procures a wide variety of components used in the
manufacturing process, including semiconductors,
electro-mechanical components and assemblies, as well as raw
materials, such as plastic resins. Although many of these
components are standard
off-the-shelf
parts that are available from multiple sources, the Company
often utilizes preferred supplier relationships, and in certain
cases sole supplier relationships, to better ensure more
consistent quality, cost and delivery. Typically, these
preferred suppliers maintain alternate processes
and/or
facilities to ensure continuity of supply. Lexmark occasionally
faces capacity constraints when there has been more demand for
its products than initially projected. From time to time,
Lexmark may be required to use air shipment to expedite product
flow, which can adversely impact the Companys operating
results. Conversely, in difficult economic times, the
Companys inventory can grow as market demand declines.
During 2009, the Company continued to execute supplier managed
inventory (SMI) agreements with its primary
suppliers to improve the efficiency of the supply chain.
Lexmarks management believes these SMI agreements improve
Lexmarks supply chain inventory pipeline and supply chain
flexibility which enhances responsiveness to our customers. In
addition, the Companys management believes these
agreements improve supplier visibility to product demand and
therefore improve suppliers timeliness and management of
their inventory pipelines. As of December 31, 2009, a
significant majority of printers were purchased under SMI
agreements. Any impact on future operations would depend upon
factors such as the Companys ability to negotiate new SMI
agreements and future market pricing and product costs.
9
Many components of the Companys products are sourced from
sole suppliers, including certain custom chemicals,
microprocessors, electro-mechanical components, application
specific integrated circuits and other semiconductors. In
addition, Lexmark sources some printer engines and finished
products from OEMs. Although Lexmark plans in anticipation of
its future requirements, should these components not be
available from any one of these suppliers, there can be no
assurance that production of certain of the Companys
products would not be disrupted. Such a disruption could
interfere with Lexmarks ability to manufacture and sell
products and materially adversely affect the Companys
business. Conversely, during economic slowdowns, the Company may
build inventory of components as demand decreases.
Research and
Development
Lexmarks research and development activity is focused on
laser and inkjet printers, MFPs, and associated supplies,
features, and related technologies. Lexmarks primary
research and development activities are conducted in Lexington,
Kentucky; Boulder, Colorado; Cebu City, Philippines; and
Kolkata, India. In the case of certain products, the Company may
elect to purchase products or key components from third-party
suppliers rather than develop them internally.
Lexmark is actively engaged in the design and development of new
products and enhancements to its existing products. Its
engineering efforts focus on technologies associated with laser,
inkjet, connectivity, document management and other customer
facing solutions, as well as design features that will increase
performance, improve ease of use and lower production costs.
Lexmark also develops related applications and tools to enable
it to efficiently provide a broad range of services.
During 2007 and 2008, the Company increased its level of
research and development expenditures to more significantly
broaden its product offerings and advance core technologies
associated with its markets. As many of these initial
investments were completed and as part of a corporate effort to
improve productivity and efficiency of our research and
development investment, the Company reduced its expenditures in
2009. Research and development expenditures were
$375 million in 2009, $423 million in 2008 and
$404 million in 2007.
The process of developing new products is complex and requires
innovative designs that anticipate customer needs and
technological trends. The Company must make strategic decisions
from time to time as to which technologies will produce products
and solutions in market sectors that will experience the
greatest future growth. There can be no assurance that the
Company can develop the more technologically-advanced products
required to remain competitive.
Backlog
Although Lexmark experiences availability constraints from time
to time for certain products, the Company generally fills its
orders within 30 days of receiving them. Therefore, Lexmark
usually has a backlog of less than 30 days at any one time,
which the Company does not consider material to its business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, of the approximately
11,900 employees worldwide, 3,400 are located in the
U.S. and the remaining 8,500 are located in Europe, Canada,
Latin America, Asia Pacific, the Middle East and Africa. None of
the U.S. employees are represented by a union. Employees in
France are represented by a Statutory Works Council.
Available
Information
Lexmark makes available, free of charge, electronic access to
all documents (including annual reports on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K,
and any amendments to those reports, as well as any beneficial
ownership filings) filed with or furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC or the
Commission) by the Company on its website at
http://investor.lexmark.com
as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are
filed. The SEC maintains an Internet site that
10
contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the
SEC at www.sec.gov.
Executive
Officers of the Registrant
The executive officers of Lexmark and their respective ages,
positions and years of service with the Company are set forth
below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years With
|
Name of Individual
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
The Company
|
|
Paul J. Curlander
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
19
|
|
John W. Gamble, Jr.
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
5
|
|
Paul A. Rooke
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and President of Imaging Solutions
Division
|
|
|
19
|
|
Martin S. Canning
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President and President of Printing Solutions and Services
Division
|
|
|
11
|
|
Ronaldo M. Foresti
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Vice President of Asia Pacific and Latin America
|
|
|
6
|
|
Jeri L. Isbell
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Vice President of Human Resources
|
|
|
19
|
|
Robert J. Patton
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
|
|
|
9
|
|
Gary D. Stromquist
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Vice President, PSSD and Corporate Finance
|
|
|
19
|
|
Dr. Curlander has been a Director of the Company since
February 1997. Since April 1999, Dr. Curlander has been
Chairman of the Board of the Company. In May 1998,
Dr. Curlander was elected President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Prior to such time, Dr. Curlander
served as President and Chief Operating Officer and Executive
Vice President, Operations of the Company.
Mr. Gamble has been Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since September 2005 when he
joined the Company. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Gamble served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Agere Systems, Inc. from February 2003 to
September 2005.
Mr. Rooke has been Executive Vice President and President
of the Companys Imaging Solutions Division since July
2007. From November 2002 to July 2007, Mr. Rooke served as
Executive Vice President and President of PSSD.
Mr. Canning has been Vice President and President of PSSD
since July 2007. From January 2006 to July 2007,
Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager,
PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services and PSSD North
American Sales and Marketing. From August 2002 to January 2006,
Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager,
PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services.
Mr. Foresti has been Vice President of Asia Pacific and
Latin America since January 2008. From May 2003 to January 2008,
Mr. Foresti served as the Companys Vice President and
General Manager of Latin America.
Ms. Isbell has been Vice President of Human Resources of
the Company since February 2003. From January 2001 to February
2003, Ms. Isbell served as Vice President of Worldwide
Compensation and Resource Programs in the Companys Human
Resources department.
11
Mr. Patton has been Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary of the Company since October 2008. From June 2008 to
October 2008, Mr. Patton served as Acting General Counsel
and Secretary. From February 2001 to June 2008, Mr. Patton
served as Corporate Counsel.
Mr. Stromquist has been Vice President, PSSD and Corporate
Finance since June 2009. From July 2001 to June 2009,
Mr. Stromquist served as Vice President and Corporate
Controller of the Company.
Intellectual
Property
The Companys intellectual property is one of its major
assets and the ownership of the technology used in its products
is important to its competitive position. Lexmark seeks to
establish and maintain the proprietary rights in its technology
and products through the use of patents, copyrights, trademarks,
trade secret laws, and confidentiality agreements.
Lexmark holds a portfolio of approximately 1,610
U.S. patents and approximately 860 pending U.S. patent
applications. The Company also holds approximately 1,360 foreign
patents and pending patent applications. The inventions claimed
in these patents and patent applications cover aspects of the
Companys current and potential future products,
manufacturing processes, business methods and related
technologies. The Company is developing a portfolio of patents
that protects its product lines and offers the possibility of
entering into licensing agreements with others.
Lexmark has a variety of intellectual property licensing and
cross-licensing agreements with a number of third parties.
Certain of Lexmarks material license agreements, including
those that permit the Company to manufacture some of its current
products, terminate as to specific products upon certain
changes of control of the Company.
The Company has trademark registrations or pending trademark
applications for the name LEXMARK in approximately 90 countries
for various categories of goods and services. Lexmark also owns
a number of trademark applications and registrations for various
product names. The Company holds worldwide copyrights in
computer code and publications of various types. Other
proprietary information is protected through formal procedures,
which include confidentiality agreements with employees and
other entities.
Lexmarks success depends in part on its ability to obtain
patents, copyrights and trademarks, maintain trade secret
protection and operate without infringing the proprietary rights
of others. While Lexmark designs its products to avoid
infringing the intellectual property rights of others, current
or future claims of intellectual property infringement, and the
expenses resulting therefrom, could materially adversely affect
its business, operating results and financial condition.
Expenses incurred by the Company in obtaining licenses to use
the intellectual property rights of others and to enforce its
intellectual property rights against others also could
materially affect its business, operating results and financial
condition. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may
not protect Lexmarks proprietary rights to the same extent
as the laws of the U.S.
Environmental and
Regulatory Matters
Lexmarks operations, both domestically and
internationally, are subject to numerous laws and regulations,
particularly relating to environmental matters that impose
limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air, water
and soil and establish standards for the treatment, storage and
disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. Lexmark could incur
substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or
criminal sanctions, and third-party damage or personal injury
claims, if we were to violate or become liable under
environmental laws. The liability for environmental remediation
and other environmental costs is accrued when Lexmark considers
it probable and can reasonably estimate the costs. Environmental
costs and accruals are presently not material to our operations
or financial position. There is no assurance that existing or
future environmental laws applicable to our operations or
products will not have a material adverse effect on
Lexmarks operations or financial condition.
Lexmark has implemented numerous programs to recover,
remanufacture and recycle certain of its products and intends to
continue to expand on initiatives that have a positive effect on
the environment.
12
Lexmark is committed to maintaining compliance with all
environmental laws applicable to its operations, products and
services.
Lexmark is also required to have permits from a number of
governmental agencies in order to conduct various aspects of its
business. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not
had, and in the future is not expected to have, a material
effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive
position of the Company. There can be no assurance, however,
that future changes in environmental laws or regulations, or in
the criteria required to obtain or maintain necessary permits,
will not have an adverse effect on the Companys operations.
Lexmark is subject to legislation in an increasing number of
jurisdictions that makes producers of electrical goods,
including printers, financially responsible for specified
collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future
covered products (sometimes referred to as product
take-back legislation). There is no assurance that such
existing or future laws will not have a material adverse effect
on Lexmarks operations or financial condition, although
Lexmark does not anticipate that effects of product take-back
legislation will be different or more severe for Lexmark than
the impacts on others in the electronics industry.
The following significant factors, as well as others of which we
are unaware or deem to be immaterial at this time, could
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or
operating results in the future. Therefore, the following
information should be considered carefully together with other
information contained in this report. Past financial performance
may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and
historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or
trends in future periods.
Continuation of
economic weakness, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations,
and uncertainty of recovery could adversely impact the
Companys revenue, operating income and other financial
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The United States and other countries around the world
experienced one of the worst recessions in recent history in
2009, and the timing and scope of the economic recovery remains
uncertain. Although the Company has begun to see improvements in
the economy, if the economic conditions do not continue to
improve, it could adversely affect the Companys results in
future periods. During an economic downturn, demand for the
Companys products may decrease. Restrictions on credit
globally and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in
certain countries may impact economic activity and the
Companys results. Credit risk associated with the
Companys customers, channel partners and the
Companys investment portfolio may also be adversely
impacted. The interest rate environment and general economic
conditions could also impact the investment income the Company
is able to earn on its investment portfolio.
|
|
|
|
Continued softness in certain markets and industries,
constrained IT spending, and uncertainty about global economic
conditions could result in lower demand for the Companys
products, including supplies. Weakness in demand has resulted in
intense price competition and may result in excessive inventory
for the Company
and/or its
reseller channel, which may adversely affect sales, pricing,
risk of obsolescence
and/or other
elements of the Companys operating results. Ongoing
weakness in demand for the Companys hardware products may
also cause erosion of the installed base of products over time,
thereby reducing the opportunities for supplies sales in the
future.
|
The competitive
pricing pressure in the market may negatively impact the
Companys operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company and its major competitors, many of which have
significantly greater financial, marketing
and/or
technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered
prices on their products and are expected to continue to do so.
In particular, both the inkjet and laser printer markets have
experienced and are expected to continue to experience
significant price pressure. Price reductions on inkjet or laser
products or the inability to reduce costs, including warranty
costs, to contain expenses or to increase or maintain sales as
currently expected, as well as price
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
protection measures, could result in lower profitability and
jeopardize the Companys ability to grow or maintain its
market share. In recent years, the gross margins on the
Companys hardware products have been under pressure as a
result of competitive pricing pressures in the market. If the
Company is unable to reduce costs to offset this competitive
pricing or product mix pressure, and the Company is unable to
support declining gross margins through the sale of supplies,
the Companys operating results and future profitability
may be negatively impacted. Historically, the Company has not
experienced significant supplies pricing pressure, but if
supplies pricing was to come under significant pressure, the
Companys financial results could be materially adversely
affected.
|
The
Companys ability to be successful in shifting its strategy
and selling its products into the higher-usage segments of the
inkjet market could adversely affect future operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
In September 2009, the Company introduced a new line of
all-in-one
inkjet printers designed for small to medium-sized businesses,
which was a significant step in the Companys transition
into the higher-usage segments of the inkjet market. The
Companys future operating results may be adversely
affected if it is unable to successfully market and sell its new
product line, as well as develop and manufacture additional
products, designed for the geographic and customer and product
segments of the inkjet market that support higher usage of
supplies.
|
Any failure by
the Company to execute planned cost reduction measures timely
and successfully could result in total costs and expenses that
are greater than expected or the failure to meet operational
goals as a result of such actions.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has undertaken cost reduction measures over the last
few years in an effort to optimize the Companys cost and
expense structure. Such actions have included workforce
reductions, the consolidation of facilities, operations
functions and manufacturing capacity, and the centralization of
support functions to regional and global shared service centers.
In particular, the Companys manufacturing and support
functions are becoming more heavily concentrated in China and
the Philippines. The Company expects to realize cost savings in
the future through these actions and may announce future actions
to further reduce its worldwide workforce
and/or
centralize its operations. The risks associated with these
actions include potential delays in their implementation,
particularly workforce reductions; increased costs associated
with such actions; decreases in employee morale and the failure
to meet operational targets due to unplanned departures of
employees, particularly key employees and sales employees.
|
The
Companys failure to manage inventory levels or production
capacity may negatively impact the Companys operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys performance depends in part upon its ability
to successfully forecast the timing and extent of customer
demand and reseller demand to manage worldwide distribution and
inventory levels of the Company. Unexpected fluctuations (up or
down) in customer demand or in reseller inventory levels could
disrupt ordering patterns and may adversely affect the
Companys financial results, inventory levels and cash
flows. In addition, the financial failure or loss of a key
customer, reseller or supplier could have a material adverse
impact on the Companys financial results. The Company must
also be able to address production and supply constraints,
including product disruptions caused by quality issues, and
delays or disruptions in the supply of key components necessary
for production. Such delays, disruptions or shortages may result
in lost revenue or in the Company incurring additional costs to
meet customer demand. The Companys future operating
results and its ability to effectively grow or maintain its
market share may be adversely affected if it is unable to
address these issues on a timely basis.
|
14
Conflicts among
various sales channels and the loss of retail shelf space may
negatively impact the Companys operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company markets and sells its products through several sales
channels. The Company has also advanced a strategy of forming
alliances and OEM arrangements with many companies. The
Companys future operating results may be adversely
affected by any conflicts that might arise between or among its
various sales channels, the volume reduction in or loss of any
alliance or OEM arrangement or the loss of retail shelf space.
|
The revenue and
profitability of our operations have historically varied, which
makes our future financial results less predictable.
|
|
|
|
|
Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our hardware,
supplies and services, product groups and geographic markets and
therefore will likely be different in future periods than our
current results. Overall gross margins and profitability in any
given period is dependent upon the hardware/supplies mix, the
mix of hardware products sold, and the geographic mix reflected
in that periods revenue. Overall market trends, seasonal
market trends, competitive pressures, pricing, commoditization
of products, increased component or shipping costs and other
factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross
margins in a given period.
|
The Company may
experience difficulties in product transitions negatively
impacting the Companys performance and operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The introduction of products by the Company or its competitors,
or delays in customer purchases of existing products in
anticipation of new product introductions by the Company or its
competitors and market acceptance of new products and pricing
programs, any disruption in the supply of new or existing
products as well as the costs of any product recall or increased
warranty, repair or replacement costs due to quality issues, the
reaction of competitors to any such new products or programs,
the life cycles of the Companys products, as well as
delays in product development and manufacturing, and variations
in cost, including but not limited to component parts, raw
materials, commodities, energy, products, labor rates,
distributors, fuel and variations in supplier terms and
conditions, may impact sales, may cause a buildup in the
Companys inventories, make the transition from current
products to new products difficult and could adversely affect
the Companys future operating results.
|
The
Companys inability to meet customer product requirements
on a cost competitive basis may negatively impact the
Companys operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys future operating results may be adversely
affected if it is unable to continue to develop, manufacture and
market products that are reliable, competitive, and meet
customers needs. The markets for laser and inkjet products
and associated supplies are aggressively competitive, especially
with respect to pricing and the introduction of new technologies
and products offering improved features and functionality. In
addition, the introduction of any significant new
and/or
disruptive technology or business model by a competitor that
substantially changes the markets into which the Company sells
its products or demand for the products sold by the Company
could severely impact sales of the Companys products and
the Companys operating results. The impact of competitive
activities on the sales volumes or revenue of the Company, or
the Companys inability to effectively deal with these
competitive issues, could have a material adverse effect on the
Companys ability to attract and retain OEM customers,
maintain or grow retail shelf space or maintain or grow market
share. The competitive pressure to develop technology and
products and to increase the Companys investment in
research and development and marketing expenditures also could
cause significant changes in the level of the Companys
operating expense.
|
15
Decreased
consumption of supplies could negatively impact the
Companys operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys future operating results may be adversely
affected if the consumption of its supplies by end users of its
products is lower than expected or declines, if there are
declines in pricing, unfavorable mix
and/or
increased costs.
|
Changes in the
Companys tax provisions or tax liabilities could
negatively impact the Companys profitability.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective tax rate could be adversely
affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with
differing statutory tax rates. In addition, the amount of income
tax the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits in various
jurisdictions. A material assessment by a taxing authority or a
decision to repatriate foreign cash could adversely affect the
Companys profitability.
|
Due to the
international nature of our business, changes in a
countrys or regions political or economic conditions
or other factors could negatively impact the Companys
revenue, financial condition or operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue derived from international sales make up more than half
of the Companys revenue. Accordingly, the Companys
future results could be adversely affected by a variety of
factors, including changes in a specific countrys or
regions political or economic conditions, foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations, trade protection measures and
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements. In addition,
changes in tax laws and the ability to repatriate cash
accumulated outside the U.S. in a tax efficient manner may
adversely affect the Companys financial results,
investment flexibility and operations. Moreover, margins on
international sales tend to be lower than those on domestic
sales, and the Company believes that international operations in
emerging geographic markets will be less profitable than
operations in the U.S. and European markets, in part,
because of the higher investment levels for marketing, selling
and distribution required to enter these markets.
|
|
|
|
In many foreign countries, particularly those with developing
economies, it is common for local business practices to be
prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to the Company,
such as employment laws, fair trade laws or the Foreign Corrupt
Practices Act. Although the Company implements policies and
procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, our
employees, contractors and agents, as well as those business
partners to which we outsource certain of our business
operations, may take actions in violation of our policies. Any
such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a
material adverse effect on our business and our reputation.
Because of the challenges in managing a geographically dispersed
workforce, there also may be additional opportunities for
employees to commit fraud or personally engage in practices
which violate the policies and procedures of the Company.
|
The failure of
the Companys information technology systems, or its
failure to successfully implement new information technology
systems, may negatively impact the Companys operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company depends on its information technology systems for
the development, manufacture, distribution, marketing, sales and
support of its products and services. Any failure in such
systems, or the systems of a partner or supplier, may adversely
affect the Companys operating results. The Company also
may not be successful in implementing new systems or
transitioning data, including a current project to implement a
new enterprise-wide system. Because vast quantities of the
Companys products flow through only a few distribution
centers to provide product to various geographic regions, the
failure of information technology systems or any other
disruption affecting those product distribution centers could
have a material adverse impact on the Companys ability to
deliver product and on the Companys financial results.
|
16
Any failure by
the Company to successfully outsource the infrastructure support
of its information technology system and application maintenance
functions and centralize certain of its support functions may
disrupt these systems or functions and could have a material
adverse effect on the Companys systems of internal control
and financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has migrated the infrastructure support of its
information technology system and application maintenance
functions to third-party service providers. The Company is in
the process of centralizing certain of its accounting and other
finance functions and
order-to-cash
functions from various countries to shared service centers. The
Company is also in the process of reducing, consolidating and
moving various parts of its general and administrative resource,
supply chain resource and marketing and sales support structure.
Many of these processes and functions are moving to lower-cost
countries, including China, India and the Philippines. Any
disruption in these systems, processes or functions could have a
material adverse impact on the Companys operations, its
financial results, its systems of internal controls and its
ability to accurately record and report transactions and
financial results.
|
The
Companys reliance on international production facilities,
international manufacturing partners and certain key suppliers
could negatively impact the Companys operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company relies in large part on its international production
facilities and international manufacturing partners, many of
which are located in China and the Philippines, for the
manufacture of its products and key components of its products.
Future operating results may also be adversely affected by
several other factors, including, without limitation, if the
Companys international operations or manufacturing
partners are unable to perform or supply products reliably, if
there are disruptions in international trade, trade
restrictions, import duties, Buy American
constraints, disruptions at important geographic points of exit
and entry, if there are difficulties in transitioning such
manufacturing activities among the Company, its international
operations
and/or its
manufacturing partners, or if there arise production and supply
constraints which result in additional costs to the Company. The
financial failure or loss of a sole supplier or significant
supplier of products or key components, or their inability to
produce the required quantities, could result in a material
adverse impact on the Companys operating results.
|
The entrance of
additional competitors that are focused on printing solutions
could negatively impact the Companys strategy and
operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
The entrance of additional competitors that are focused on
printing solutions could further intensify competition in the
inkjet and laser printer markets and could have a material
adverse impact on the Companys strategy and financial
results.
|
The
Companys inability to perform satisfactorily under service
contracts for managed print services may negatively impact the
Companys strategy and operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys inability to perform satisfactorily under
service contracts for managed print services and other customer
services may result in the loss of customers, loss of reputation
and/or
financial consequences that may have a material adverse impact
on the Companys financial results and strategy.
|
Increased
competition in the Companys aftermarket supplies business
may negatively impact the Companys revenue and gross
margins.
|
|
|
|
|
Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other
compatible alternatives for some of the Companys
cartridges are available and compete with the Companys
supplies business. The Company expects competitive supplies
activity to increase. Various legal challenges and governmental
activities may intensify competition for the Companys
aftermarket supplies business.
|
17
New legislation,
fees on the Companys products or litigation costs required
to protect the Companys rights may negatively impact the
Companys cost structure, access to components and
operating results.
|
|
|
|
|
Certain countries (primarily in Europe)
and/or
collecting societies representing copyright owners
interests have commenced proceedings to impose fees on devices
(such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging
the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these
devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries
are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The
amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of
products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which
will vary by product and by country. The financial impact on the
Company, which will depend in large part upon the outcome of
local legislative processes, the Companys and other
industry participants outcome in contesting the fees and
the Companys ability to mitigate that impact by increasing
prices, which ability will depend upon competitive market
conditions, remains uncertain. The outcome of the copyright fee
issue could adversely affect the Companys operating
results and business.
|
The
Companys inability to obtain and protect its intellectual
property and defend against claims of infringement by others may
negatively impact the Companys operating
results.
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys success depends in part on its ability to
develop technology and obtain patents, copyrights and
trademarks, and maintain trade secret protection, to protect its
intellectual property against theft, infringement or other
misuse by others. The Company must also conduct its operations
without infringing the proprietary rights of others. Current or
future claims of intellectual property infringement could
prevent the Company from obtaining technology of others and
could otherwise materially and adversely affect its operating
results or business, as could expenses incurred by the Company
in obtaining intellectual property rights, enforcing its
intellectual property rights against others or defending against
claims that the Companys products infringe the
intellectual property rights of others, that the Company engages
in false or deceptive practices or that its conduct is
anti-competitive.
|
Cost reduction
efforts associated with the Companys compensation and
benefits programs could adversely affect our ability to attract
and retain employees.
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has historically used share-based payment awards as
key components of the total rewards program for employee
compensation in order to align employees interests with
the interests of stockholders, motivate employees, encourage
employee retention and provide competitive compensation and
benefits packages. As a result of efforts to reduce corporate
expenses, the Company has reviewed its compensation strategy and
reduced the number of employees receiving share-based awards and
reduced the size of the awards. Due to this change in
compensation strategy, combined with other compensation and
benefit plan changes and reductions undertaken to reduce costs,
the Company may find it difficult to attract, retain and
motivate employees, and any such difficulty could materially
adversely affect its operating results.
|
Business
disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and
financial condition and increase our costs and
expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
Our worldwide operations and those of our manufacturing
partners, suppliers, and freight transporters, among others, are
subject to natural and manmade disasters and other business
interruptions such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, hurricanes,
typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, environmental
hazards, power shortages, water shortages and telecommunications
failures. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions
could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and
increase our costs and expenses. As the Company continues its
consolidation of certain functions into shared service centers
and movement of certain functions to lower cost countries, the
probability and impact of business disruptions may be increased
over time.
|
18
Terrorist acts,
acts of war or other political conflicts may negatively impact
the Companys ability to manufacture and sell its
products.
|
|
|
|
|
Terrorist attacks and the potential for future terrorist attacks
have created many political and economic uncertainties, some of
which may affect the Companys future operating results.
Future terrorist attacks, the national and international
responses to such attacks, and other acts of war or hostility
may affect the Companys facilities, employees, suppliers,
customers, transportation networks and supply chains, or may
affect the Company in ways that are not capable of being
predicted presently.
|
Any variety of
factors unrelated to the Companys operating performance
may negatively impact the Companys operating results or
the Companys stock price.
|
|
|
|
|
Factors unrelated to the Companys operating performance,
including the financial failure or loss of significant
customers, resellers, manufacturing partners or suppliers; the
outcome of pending and future litigation or governmental
proceedings; and the ability to retain and attract key
personnel, could also adversely affect the Companys
operating results. In addition, the Companys stock price,
like that of other technology companies, can be volatile.
Trading activity in the Companys common stock,
particularly the trading of large blocks and intraday trading in
the Companys common stock, may affect the Companys
common stock price.
|
|
|
Item 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
Not applicable.
Lexmarks corporate headquarters and principal development
facilities are located on a 374 acre campus in Lexington,
Kentucky. At December 31, 2009, the Company owned or leased
7.4 million square feet of administrative, sales, service,
research and development, warehouse and manufacturing facilities
worldwide. The Companys properties are used by both PSSD
and ISD. Approximately 3.7 million square feet is located
in the U.S. and the remainder is located in various
international locations. The Companys principal
international manufacturing facilities are located in Mexico and
the Philippines. The principal domestic manufacturing facility
is located in Colorado. The Company occupies facilities for
development in the U.S., India and the Philippines. The Company
owns approximately 67 percent of the worldwide square
footage and leases the remaining 33 percent. The leased
property has various lease expiration dates. The Company
believes that it can readily obtain appropriate additional space
as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring
leases or finding alternative space.
None of the property owned by Lexmark is held subject to any
major encumbrances and the Company believes that its facilities
are in good operating condition.
|
|
Item 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
The information required by this item is set forth in
Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements contained in Item 8 of Part II of
this report, and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
19
Part II
|
|
Item 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Market
Information
Lexmarks Class A Common Stock is traded on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol LXK. As of
February 19, 2010, there were 2,877 holders of record
of the Class A Common Stock and there were no holders of
record of the Class B Common Stock. Information regarding
the market prices of the Companys Class A Common
Stock appears in Part II, Item 8, Note 19 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Dividend
Policy
The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on the
Class A Common Stock and has no current plans to pay cash
dividends on the Class A Common Stock. The payment of any
future cash dividends will be determined by the Companys
Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing,
including the Companys earnings, financial condition and
capital requirements, restrictions in financing agreements,
business conditions, tax laws, certain corporate law
requirements and various other factors.
Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
Value of Shares That
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
May Yet Be
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
Purchased Under the
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Average Price Paid
|
|
Announced Plans or
|
|
Plans or Programs
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Programs
|
|
(In Millions)
(1)
|
|
|
October 1-31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
490.9
|
|
November 1-30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490.9
|
|
December 1-31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490.9
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In May 2008, the Company received
authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase an
additional $0.75 billion of its Class A Common Stock
for a total repurchase authority of $4.65 billion. As of
December 31, 2009, there was approximately
$0.5 billion of share repurchase authority remaining. This
repurchase authority allows the Company, at managements
discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to
time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions
depending upon market price and other factors. There were no
share repurchases for the three months ended December 31,
2009. As of December 31, 2009, since the inception of the
program in April 1996, the Company had repurchased approximately
91.6 million shares for an aggregate cost of approximately
$4.2 billion.
|
20
Performance
Graph
The following graph compares cumulative total stockholder return
on the Companys Class A Common Stock with a broad
performance indicator, the S&P Composite 500 Stock Index,
and an industry index, the S&P 500 Information Technology
Index, for the period from December 31, 2004, to
December 31, 2009. The graph assumes that the value of the
investment in the Class A Common Stock and each index were
$100 at December 31, 2004, and that all dividends were
reinvested.
COMPARISON OF
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
12/29/06
|
|
|
12/31/07
|
|
|
12/31/08
|
|
|
12/31/09
|
Lexmark International, Inc.
|
|
|
$
|
100
|
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
|
$
|
86
|
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
S&P 500 Information Technology Index
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: Standard & Poors Capital IQ
21
Equity
Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information about the
Companys equity compensation plans as of December 31,
2009:
(Number of
Securities in Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities to be
|
|
Weighted Average Exercise
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
Issued Upon Exercise of
|
|
Price of Outstanding
|
|
Remaining Available for Future
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
Options, Warrants and
|
|
Issuance Under Equity
|
Plan Category
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
Rights
(1)
|
|
Compensation Plans
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
|
|
|
10.6
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
64.77
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
(3)
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by
stockholders(4)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
45.49
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
$
|
63.46
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The numbers in this column
represent the weighted average exercise price of stock options
only.
|
|
(2)
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, of
the approximately 10.6 million awards outstanding under the
equity compensation plans approved by stockholders, there were
approximately 9.0 million stock options (of which 8,586,000
are employee stock options and 366,000 are nonemployee director
stock options), approximately 1.6 million restricted stock
units (RSUs) and supplemental deferred stock units
(DSUs) (of which 1,522,000 are employee RSUs and
supplemental DSUs and 62,000 are nonemployee director RSUs), and
82,000 elective DSUs (of which 12,000 are employee elective DSUs
and 70,000 are nonemployee director elective DSUs) that pertain
to voluntary elections by certain members of management to defer
all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation and by
certain nonemployee directors to defer all or a portion of their
annual retainer, chair retainer and/or meeting fees, that would
have otherwise been paid in cash.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Of the 6.4 million shares
available, 6.1 million relate to employee plans (of which
5.0 million may be granted as full-value awards) and
0.3 million relate to the nonemployee director plan.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Lexmark has only one equity
compensation plan which has not been approved by its
stockholders, the Lexmark International, Inc. Broad-Based
Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the Broad-Based
Plan). The Broad-Based Plan, which was established on
December 19, 2000, provides for the issuance of up to
1.6 million shares of the Companys common stock
pursuant to stock incentive awards (including stock options,
stock appreciation rights, performance awards, RSUs and DSUs)
granted to the Companys employees, other than its
directors and executive officers. The Broad-Based Plan expressly
provides that the Companys directors and executive
officers are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The
Broad-Based Plan limits the number of shares subject to
full-value awards (e.g., restricted stock units and performance
awards) to 50,000 shares. The Companys Board of
Directors may at any time terminate or suspend the Broad-Based
Plan, and from time to time, amend or modify the Broad-Based
Plan, but any amendment which would lower the minimum exercise
price for options and stock appreciation rights or materially
modify the requirements for eligibility to participate in the
Broad-Based Plan, requires the approval of the Companys
stockholders. In January 2001, all employees other than the
Companys directors, executive officers and senior
managers, were awarded stock options under the Broad-Based Plan.
In February 2009, certain eligible employees were awarded
restricted stock units under the Broad-Based Plan. There are
approximately 0.7 million awards outstanding under the
equity compensation plan not approved by stockholders (of which
655,000 are in the form of stock options and 46,000 are in the
form of restricted stock units).
|
22
|
|
Item 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The table below summarizes recent financial information for the
Company. For further information refer to the Companys
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented
under Part II, Item 8 of this
Form 10-K.
(Dollars in
Millions, Except per Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Statement of Earnings Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
$
|
5,108.1
|
|
|
$
|
5,221.5
|
|
Cost of revenue
(1)
|
|
|
2,570.1
|
|
|
|
2,993.8
|
|
|
|
3,410.3
|
|
|
|
3,462.1
|
|
|
|
3,585.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,309.8
|
|
|
|
1,534.6
|
|
|
|
1,563.6
|
|
|
|
1,646.0
|
|
|
|
1,635.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
375.3
|
|
|
|
423.3
|
|
|
|
403.8
|
|
|
|
370.5
|
|
|
|
336.4
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
(1)
|
|
|
647.8
|
|
|
|
807.3
|
|
|
|
812.8
|
|
|
|
761.8
|
|
|
|
755.1
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
(1)
|
|
|
70.6
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
|
71.2
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expense
|
|
|
1,093.7
|
|
|
|
1,257.4
|
|
|
|
1,242.3
|
|
|
|
1,203.5
|
|
|
|
1,101.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
(1)(2)
|
|
|
216.1
|
|
|
|
277.2
|
|
|
|
321.3
|
|
|
|
442.5
|
|
|
|
533.7
|
|
Interest (income) expense, net
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
(21.2
|
)
|
|
|
(22.1
|
)
|
|
|
(26.5
|
)
|
Other (income) expense, net
(3)
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
Net impairment losses on securities
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
187.0
|
|
|
|
275.9
|
|
|
|
349.5
|
|
|
|
459.3
|
|
|
|
553.7
|
|
Provision for income taxes
(4)
|
|
|
41.1
|
|
|
|
35.7
|
|
|
|
48.7
|
|
|
|
120.9
|
|
|
|
197.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
(1)(2)(3)(4)
|
|
$
|
145.9
|
|
|
$
|
240.2
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
|
$
|
338.4
|
|
|
$
|
356.3
|
|
Diluted net earnings per common share
(1)(2)(3)(4)
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
$
|
2.69
|
|
|
$
|
3.14
|
|
|
$
|
3.27
|
|
|
$
|
2.91
|
|
Shares used in per share calculation
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
103.5
|
|
|
|
122.3
|
|
Statement of Financial Position Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and current marketable securities
|
|
$
|
1,132.5
|
|
|
$
|
973.3
|
|
|
$
|
796.1
|
|
|
$
|
550.9
|
|
|
$
|
888.8
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
948.9
|
|
|
|
805.2
|
|
|
|
569.5
|
|
|
|
506.0
|
|
|
|
935.9
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,354.2
|
|
|
|
3,265.4
|
|
|
|
3,121.1
|
|
|
|
2,849.0
|
|
|
|
3,330.1
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
648.9
|
|
|
|
654.2
|
|
|
|
149.9
|
|
|
|
149.8
|
|
|
|
149.6
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,013.6
|
|
|
|
812.1
|
|
|
|
1,278.3
|
|
|
|
1,035.2
|
|
|
|
1,428.7
|
|
Other Key Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operations
(5)
|
|
$
|
402.2
|
|
|
$
|
482.1
|
|
|
$
|
564.2
|
|
|
$
|
670.9
|
|
|
$
|
576.4
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
242.0
|
|
|
$
|
217.7
|
|
|
$
|
182.7
|
|
|
$
|
200.2
|
|
|
$
|
201.3
|
|
Debt to total capital ratio
(6)
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts in 2009 include
restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$141.3 million. Restructuring-related charges of
$41.4 million and $0.1 million related to accelerated
depreciation on certain fixed assets are included in Cost of
revenue and Selling, general and administrative,
respectively. Restructuring-related charges of
$70.6 million relating to employee termination benefits and
contract termination charges are included in Restructuring
and related charges. Project costs of $10.1 million are
included in Cost of revenue, and $19.1 million are
included in Selling, general and administrative.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2008 include
restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$92.7 million. Restructuring-related charges of
$27.2 million and $8.1 million related to accelerated
depreciation on certain fixed assets are included in Cost of
revenue and Selling, general and administrative,
respectively. Restructuring-related charges of
$26.8 million relating to employee termination benefits and
contract termination charges are included in Restructuring
and related charges. Project costs of $15.3 million are
included in Cost of revenue, and $15.3 million are
included in Selling, general and administrative.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2007 include
restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$52.0 million. Restructuring-related charges of
$5.1 million relating to accelerated depreciation on
certain fixed assets are included in Cost of revenue.
Restructuring-related charges of $25.7 million relating to
employee termination benefit charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges. Project costs of
$11.9 million and $9.3 million are included in Cost
of revenue and Selling, general and administrative,
respectively.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2006 include the impact
of restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$125.2 million (net of a $9.9 million pension
curtailment gain). Restructuring-related charges of
$40.0 million relating to accelerated depreciation on
certain fixed assets are included in Cost of revenue.
Restructuring-related charges of $81.1 million relating to
employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease
termination charges and the $9.9 million pension
curtailment gain are included in Restructuring and related
charges. Project costs of $2.1 million and
$11.9 million are included in Cost of revenue and
Selling, general and administrative, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2005 include one-time
termination benefit charges of $10.4 million in connection
with a workforce reduction.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Amounts in 2009, 2008, 2007 and
2006 include $20.7 million, $32.8 million,
$41.3 million and $43.2 million, respectively, of
pre-tax stock-based compensation expense due to the
Companys adoption of accounting guidance for share-based
payments on January 1, 2006.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Amounts in 2007 include an
$8.1 million pre-tax foreign exchange gain realized upon
the substantial liquidation of the Companys Scotland
entity.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Amounts in 2008 include an
$11.6 million benefit from nonrecurring tax items.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2007 include an
$18.4 million benefit from the reversal of previously
accrued taxes primarily related to the settlement of a tax audit
outside the U.S. and $11.2 million of benefits resulting
from adjustments to previously recorded taxes.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2006 include a
$14.3 million benefit from the reversal of previously
accrued taxes related to the finalization of certain tax audits
and the expiration of various domestic and foreign statutes of
limitations.
|
|
|
|
Amounts in 2005 include a
$51.9 million charge from the repatriation of foreign
dividends under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Cash flows from investing and
financing activities, which are not presented, are integral
components of total cash flow activity.
|
|
(6)
|
|
The debt to total capital ratio is
computed by dividing total debt (which includes both short-term
and long-term debt) by the sum of total debt and
stockholders equity.
|
23
|
|
Item 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto presented under Part II, Item 8 of this
Form 10-K.
OVERVIEW
Products and
Segments
Lexmark makes it easier for businesses of all sizes to move
information between the digital and paper worlds. Since its
inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer,
manufacturer and supplier of printing and imaging solutions for
the office. Lexmarks products include laser printers,
inkjet printers, multifunction devices, dot matrix printers and
associated supplies, services and solutions.
The Company is primarily managed along divisional lines: PSSD
and ISD.
|
|
|
|
|
PSSD primarily sells laser products and primarily serves
business customers. Laser products can be divided into two major
categories shared workgroup products and
lower-priced desktop products. Lexmark employs large-account
sales and marketing teams, closely supported by its development
and product marketing teams, to generate demand for its business
printing solutions and services. The sales and marketing teams
primarily focus on industries such as financial services,
retail, manufacturing, education, government and health care.
Lexmark also markets its laser and inkjet products through SMB
teams who work closely with channel partners. Lexmark
distributes and fulfills its laser products primarily through
its well-established distributor and reseller network.
Lexmarks products are also sold through solution
providers, which offer custom solutions to specific markets, and
through direct response resellers.
|
|
|
|
ISD predominantly sells inkjet products to a range of customers,
including SOHO users, professionals and consumers who are heavy
users, as well as business users who may choose inkjet products
as a lower-priced alternative or supplement to laser products.
ISD also sells select laser products in certain geographies to
SOHO and business users that purchase products through retail
channels. Additionally, over the past couple of years, the
number of customers seeking productivity-related features has
driven significant growth in AIO products. Key factors promoting
this trend are greater affordability of AIOs containing
productivity features like wireless connectivity, full fax
capabilities, automatic document feeders and duplex
capabilities. Lexmark distributes its branded inkjet products
and supplies through retail outlets as well as distributors and
resellers worldwide. Lexmarks sales and marketing
activities are organized to meet the needs of the various
geographies and the size of their markets.
|
The Company also sells its products through numerous alliances
and OEM arrangements.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 18 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding the Companys reportable segments, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
Operating Results
Summary
2009
The weakness of the global economy continued to impact revenue
and operating income in both of the Companys segments
during 2009. This included adverse effects on global demand for
both hardware and supplies in both of the Companys
segments. Additionally, Lexmarks inkjet strategy shift
that began in 2007 to transition to higher usage customers and
products, and reduce sales of low-end / low-price
inkjet hardware, continued to impact the Companys inkjet
unit sales and supplies revenue. The objective of this
transition is to move to a smaller installed base of higher page
generating units. However, in the near term, the Company sees
the potential for continued erosion in end-user inkjet supplies
demand due to the reduction in inkjet hardware unit sales during
this transition period. In addition, the Company has experienced
weakness in its OEM business over the last several years, which
the Company believes
24
could result in lower OEM inkjet and laser supplies demand.
However, during 2009 the Company introduced or continued the
introduction of a wide array of new hardware products in both
its segments. Beginning in the fall of 2008 and continuing
through the end of 2009, the Company has announced products that
represent the most extensive series of laser product
introductions in the Companys history. The new product
introductions have significantly strengthened the breadth and
depth of the Companys workgroup laser line, color laser
line and laser MFPs. In September 2009, the Company introduced a
new family of inkjet
all-in-ones
(including new Web-connected touch screen AIOs). This included
four products in the Lexmark Professional Series, targeted for
small and medium businesses. In 2009, the Company also
experienced an improvement in the Companys retail presence
in U.S. Office Super Stores. The Company continues to
invest in its core print technologies and product development in
order to generate new Lexmark products.
Refer to the section entitled RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
that follows for a further discussion of the Companys
results of operations.
Trends and
Opportunities
Lexmark management believes that the total distributed output
opportunity was between $80 and $90 billion in 2009,
including hardware and supplies. This opportunity includes
printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base
of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being
integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry
information, Lexmark management believes that the market
declined in 2009 due to the continued global economic weakness.
When global economic growth resumes, the industry could again
experience low to mid-single digit annual revenue growth rates
with highest growth likely to be in MFPs, color lasers and
related software solutions and services and the stronger
emerging countries.
Market trends driving long-term growth include:
|
|
|
|
|
Increased adoption of color and graphics output in business;
|
|
|
|
Advancements in electronic movement of information, driving more
pages to be printed by end users when and where it is convenient
to do so;
|
|
|
|
Continued convergence in technology between printers, scanners,
copiers and fax machines into single, integrated AIO devices;
|
|
|
|
Increasing ability of multi-function devices and
all-in-one
devices to integrate into process workflow solutions and
electronic content management systems; and
|
|
|
|
Advancements in digital photography driving the opportunity to
print digital images on distributed output devices.
|
As a result of these market trends, Lexmark has growth
opportunities in monochrome laser printers, color lasers, laser
MFPs and inkjet AIOs.
Color and multifunction products continue to represent a more
significant portion of the laser market. The Companys
management believes these trends will continue. Industry pricing
pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers to
purchase higher value color and multifunction products and
optional paper handling and finishing features as well as to
purchase output through print and document management software
solutions and services that help customers to optimize their
document-related infrastructure to improve productivity and cost.
The inkjet product market historically has been predominantly a
consumer market, but there is an increasing trend toward inkjet
products being designed for SOHO and other businesses.
Advancements in inkjet technology are allowing inkjet devices to
print at speeds and with document quality competitive with
low-end lasers and meeting business standards. Customers are
increasingly seeking productivity-related features that are
found in inkjet multifunction products designed for office use
such as wireless and ethernet connectivity, automatic document
feeders and duplex capabilities, as well as
25
web-based applications to automate print and document related
work functions. This trend represents an opportunity for the
Company to pursue revenue growth opportunities with its inkjet
products and solutions targeted at SOHO and business market
segments.
While profit margins on printers and MFPs have been negatively
affected by competitive pricing pressure, supplies sales are
higher margin and recurring. In general, as the hardcopy
industry matures and printer and copier markets converge,
management expects competitive pressures to continue.
Lexmarks dot matrix printers include mature products that
require little ongoing investment. The Company expects that the
market for these products will continue to decline, and has
implemented a strategy to continue to offer high-quality
products while managing cost to maximize cash flow and profit.
Challenges and
Risks
In recent years, Lexmark and its principal competitors, many of
which have significantly greater financial, marketing
and/or
technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered
prices on printers and are expected to continue to do so.
Other challenges and risks faced by Lexmark include:
|
|
|
|
|
In 2009, the U.S. and other countries around the world
experienced significant general economic weakness which impacted
the Companys revenue and operating income and any
continuation or worsening of economic conditions could impact
the Companys future operating results.
|
|
|
|
The Company must compete with its larger competitors for retail
shelf space allocated to printers and their associated supplies.
|
|
|
|
New product announcements by the Companys principal
competitors can have, and in the past, have had, a material
adverse effect on the Companys financial results.
|
|
|
|
With the convergence of traditional printer and copier markets,
major laser competitors now include traditional copier companies.
|
|
|
|
The Company sees other competitors and the potential for new
entrants into the market possibly having an impact on the
Companys growth and market share.
|
|
|
|
Historically, the Company has not experienced significant
supplies pricing pressure, but if supplies pricing was to come
under significant pressure, the Companys financial results
could be materially adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other
compatible alternatives for some of the Companys
cartridges are available and compete with the Companys
supplies business. As the installed base of laser and inkjet
products matures, the Company expects competitive supplies
activity to increase.
|
|
|
|
Lexmark expects that as it competes with larger competitors, the
Company may attract more frequent challenges, both legal and
commercial, including claims of possible intellectual property
infringement.
|
Refer to the section entitled Competition in
Item 1, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a
further discussion of major uncertainties faced by the industry
and Company. Additionally, refer to the section entitled
Risk Factors in Item 1A, which is incorporated
herein by reference, for a further discussion of factors that
could impact the Companys operating results.
Strategy and
Initiatives
Lexmarks strategy is based on a business model of
investing in technology to develop and sell printing solutions,
including printers and MFPs, with the objective of growing its
installed base, which drives
26
recurring supplies sales. Management believes that Lexmark has
the following strengths related to this business model:
|
|
|
|
|
Lexmark is exclusively focused on delivering distributed
printing and imaging, and related document solutions and
services.
|
|
|
|
Lexmark internally develops three of the key print technologies
associated with distributed printing, including inkjet,
monochrome laser and color laser.
|
|
|
|
Lexmark has leveraged its technological capabilities and its
commitment to flexibility and responsiveness to build strong
relationships with large-account customers and channel partners.
|
Lexmarks strategy involves the following core strategic
initiatives:
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on capturing profitable supplies and service annuities
generated from workgroup monochrome and color laser printers and
laser MFPs; and
|
|
|
|
Shift the ISD strategy to focus on business customers, markets
and channels that drive higher page generation and supplies
usage.
|
Over the last several years, the Company continues to invest in
product and solution development as well as solution sales. This
investment has led to new products and solutions aimed at
targeted growth segments as well as a pipeline of future
products.
The Companys strategy for dot matrix printers is to
continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to
maximize cash flow and profit.
Refer to the section entitled Strategy in
Item 1, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a
further discussion of the Companys strategies and
initiatives.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Lexmarks discussion and analysis of its financial
condition and results of operations are based upon the
Companys consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the U.S. The preparation of consolidated
financial statements requires management to make estimates and
judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as disclosures
regarding contingencies. On an ongoing basis, the Company
evaluates its estimates, including those related to customer
programs and incentives, product returns, doubtful accounts,
inventories, stock-based compensation, intangible assets, income
taxes, warranty obligations, copyright fees, restructurings,
pension and other postretirement benefits, contingencies and
litigation, and fair values that are based on unobservable
inputs significant to the overall measurement. Lexmark bases its
estimates on historical experience, market conditions, and
various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an
accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about
matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if
different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if
changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur
could materially impact the financial statements. The Company
believes the following critical accounting policies affect its
more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation
of its consolidated financial statements.
Revenue
Recognition
See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Part II, Item 8 for information regarding the
Companys policy for revenue recognition. For customer
programs and incentives, Lexmark records estimated reductions to
revenue at the time of sale for customer programs and incentive
offerings including
27
special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based
incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon
historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale.
Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price
protection, which it provides to substantially all of its
distributor and reseller customers. The amount of price
protection is limited based on the amount of dealers and
resellers inventory on hand (including in-transit
inventory) as of the date of the price change. If market
conditions were to decline, Lexmark may take actions to increase
customer incentive offerings or reduce prices, possibly
resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the
incentive is offered.
The Company also records estimated reductions to revenue at the
time of sale related to its customers right to return
product. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon
historical trends of actual product returns as well as the
Companys assessment of its products in the channel.
Provisions for specific returns from large customers are also
recorded as necessary.
Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts
Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make
required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for
doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the
length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of
its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical
experience. If the financial condition of its customers
deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an
impairment of customers ability to make payments, the
Company records additional allowances as needed.
Restructuring
Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit
or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which
the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain
employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time.
Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or
disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable
and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local
statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination
benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements,
termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits
provided in prior restructuring activities. Employee termination
benefits accrued as probable and estimable often require
judgment by the Companys management as to the number of
employees being separated and the related salary levels, length
of employment with the Company and various other factors related
to the separated employees that could affect the amount of
employee termination benefits being accrued. Such estimates
could change in the future as actual data regarding separated
employees becomes available.
Specifically for termination benefits under a one-time benefit
arrangement, the timing of recognition and related measurement
of a liability depends on whether employees are required to
render service until they are terminated in order to receive the
termination benefits and, if so, whether employees will be
retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period.
For employees who are not required to render service until they
are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits or
employees who will not provide service beyond the minimum
retention period, the Company records a liability for the
termination benefits at the communication date. If employees are
required to render service until they are terminated in order to
receive the termination benefits and will be retained to render
service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company
measures the liability for termination benefits at the
communication date and recognizes the expense and liability
ratably over the future service period.
For contract termination costs, Lexmark records a liability for
costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term when
the Company terminates the agreement in accordance with the
contract terms or when the Company ceases using the rights
conveyed by the contract. The liability is recorded at fair
value in the period in which it is incurred, taking into account
the effect of estimated sublease rentals that could be
reasonably obtained which may be different than company-specific
intentions.
28
Warranty
Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at
the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product
warranties are based on the quantity of units sold under
warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage
and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure
rates and material usage and service delivery costs are
periodically adjusted based on actual results. For extended
warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and
long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty
contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these
programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual
period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are
expensed as incurred. To minimize warranty costs, the Company
engages in extensive product quality programs and processes,
including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its
component suppliers. Should actual product failure rates,
material usage or service delivery costs differ from the
Companys estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty
liability may be required.
Inventory
Reserves and Adverse Purchase Commitments
Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or
unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost
of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company
estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or
unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product
demand requirements, product life cycle, product pricing and
quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase
commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are
lower than committed costs. If actual market conditions are less
favorable than those projected by management, additional
inventory write-downs and adverse purchase commitment
liabilities may be required.
Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans
The Companys pension and other postretirement benefit
costs and obligations are dependent on various actuarial
assumptions used in calculating such amounts. The
non-U.S. pension
plans are not significant and use economic assumptions similar
to the U.S. pension plan, a defined benefit plan.
Significant assumptions the Company must review and set annually
related to its pension and other postretirement benefit
obligations are:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets based on
long-term historical actual asset return information, the mix of
investments that comprise plan assets and future estimates of
long-term investment returns by reference to external sources.
The Company also includes an additional return for active
management, when appropriate, and deducts various expenses.
|
|
|
|
Discount rate reflects the rates at which benefits
could effectively be settled and is based on current investment
yields of high-quality fixed-income investments. The Company
uses a yield-curve approach to determine the assumed discount
rate in the U.S. based on the timing of the cash flows of
the expected future benefit payments.
|
|
|
|
Rate of compensation increase based on the
Companys long-term plans for such increases. Effective
April 2006, this assumption is no longer applicable to the
U.S. pension plan due to the benefit accrual freeze in
connection with the Companys 2006 restructuring actions.
|
Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and
agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial
mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate
debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The
U.S. pension plan comprises a significant portion of the
assets and liabilities relating to the Companys pension
plans. The investment goal of the U.S. pension plan is to
achieve an adequate net investment return in order to provide
for future benefit payments to its participants. Asset
allocation percentages are targeted to be 65% equity and 35%
fixed income investments. The U.S. pension plan employed
professional investment managers during 2009 to invest in new
asset classes, including international developed equity,
emerging market equity, high yield bonds and emerging market
debt. Each investment manager operates under an investment
29
management contract that includes specific investment
guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate
diversification, prudent use of derivatives and standard risk
management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to
established benchmarks. The U.S. pension plan currently
uses a combination of both active management and passive index
funds to achieve its investment goals.
The Company has elected to primarily use the market-related
value of plan assets rather than fair value to determine expense
which, under the accounting guidance, allows gains and losses to
be recognized in a systematic and rational manner over a period
of no more than five years. As a result of this deferral
process, for the U.S. pension plan, pension expense was
increased by $5 million in 2009 and $4 million in
2010, due to the recognition of the gains and losses for the
respective prior five years. The expected increase in the 2010
pension expense for U.S. pension plan would have been
approximately $10 million had the Company not deferred the
differences between actual and expected asset returns on equity
investments.
Actual results that differ from assumptions that fall outside
the 10% corridor, as defined by accounting guidance
on employers accounting for pensions, are accumulated and
amortized over the estimated future service period of active
plan participants. For 2009, a 25 basis point change in the
assumptions for asset return and discount rate would not have
had a significant impact on the Companys results of
operations.
The accounting guidance for employers defined benefit
pension and other postretirement plans requires recognition of
the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of
financial position and recognition in other comprehensive
earnings of certain gains and losses that arise during the
period, but are deferred under pension accounting rules.
Income
Taxes
The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax
laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These
estimates include judgments about deferred tax assets and
liabilities resulting from temporary differences between assets
and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and
such amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as about the
realization of deferred tax assets. If the provisions for
current or deferred taxes are not adequate, if the Company is
unable to realize certain deferred tax assets or if the tax laws
change unfavorably, the Company could potentially experience
significant losses in excess of the reserves established.
Likewise, if the provisions for current and deferred taxes are
in excess of those eventually needed, if the Company is able to
realize additional deferred tax assets or if tax laws change
favorably, the Company could potentially experience significant
gains.
Under the accounting guidance regarding uncertainty in income
taxes, a tax position must meet the minimum recognition
threshold of more-likely-than-not before being
recognized in the financial statements. The evaluation of a tax
position in accordance with this guidance is a two-step process.
The first step is recognition: The enterprise determines whether
it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained
upon examination, including resolution of any litigation. The
second step is measurement: A tax position that meets the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to
determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial
statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount
of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon ultimate resolution.
Uncertain tax positions at year-end 2009 and 2008 were evaluated
using the two-step process described in the paragraphs above.
The Company adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty
in income taxes on January 1, 2007. As a result, the
Company reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and
related interest and penalties by $7.3 million, which
resulted in a corresponding increase in the Companys
January 1, 2007 retained earnings balance. The Company also
recorded an increase in its deferred tax assets of
$8.5 million and a corresponding increase in its liability
for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of adoption.
30
Contingencies and
Litigation
In accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for
contingencies, Lexmark records a provision for a loss
contingency when management believes that it is both probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. The Company believes it has adequate
provisions for any such matters.
Copyright
Fees
Certain countries (primarily in Europe)
and/or
collecting societies representing copyright owners
interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as
scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the
copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these
devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries
are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The
amount of fees would depend on the number of products sold and
the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by
product and by country. The Company has accrued amounts that
represent its best estimate of the copyright fee issues
currently pending. Such estimates could change as the litigation
and/or local
legislative processes draw closer to final resolution.
Environmental
Remediation Obligations
Lexmark accrues for losses associated with environmental
remediation obligations when such losses are probable and
reasonably estimable. In the early stages of a remediation
process, particular components of the overall obligation may not
be reasonably estimable. In this circumstance, the Company
recognizes a liability for the best estimate (or the minimum
amount in a range if no best estimate is available) of the cost
of the remedial investigation-feasibility study, related
consultant and external legal fees, and for any other component
remediation costs that can be reasonably estimated. Accruals are
adjusted as further information develops or circumstances
change. Recoveries from other parties are recorded as assets
when their receipt is deemed probable.
Fair
Value
The Company currently uses recurring fair value measurements in
several areas including marketable securities, pension plan
assets and derivatives. The Company uses fair value in measuring
certain nonrecurring items as well, as instructed under existing
authoritative accounting guidance.
Fair value accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined
as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. As part of the framework
for measuring fair value, the guidance establishes a hierarchy
of inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value
that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the
use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable
inputs be used when available.
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active
markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities that
the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date;
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices
included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly; and
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs used in valuations
in which there is little market activity for the asset or
liability at the measurement date.
|
The Company utilizes observable market data, when available, to
determine fair value. However, in certain situations, there may
be little or no market data available at the measurement date,
thus requiring the use of significant unobservable inputs. To
the extent that a valuation is based on models, inputs or
assumptions
31
that are less observable in the market, the determination of
fair value requires more judgment. Such measurements are
generally classified as Level 3 within the fair value
hierarchy.
Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are assigned a
level within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level
of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement
in its entirety. In determining where measurements lie in the
fair value hierarchy, the Company uses assumptions regarding the
general characteristics of each type of investment as the
starting point. The Company then downgrades individual
investments to a lower level as necessary based on specific
facts and circumstances, such as a security becoming distressed
or a decrease in pricing inputs.
Uncertainty in the capital markets has presented additional
challenges with respect to valuing certain investments the
Company holds. In the case of auction rate securities in which
auctions were unsuccessful, observable pricing data was not
available resulting in the Company performing a discounted cash
flow analysis based on assumptions that it believes market
participants would use with regard to such items as expected
cash flows and discount rates adjusted for liquidity premiums.
The Company refined its methodology for valuing its auction rate
securities in 2009 and made changes to certain assumptions
significant to the valuation including (1) the auction rate
market will remain illiquid and auctions will continue to fail
causing the interest rate to be the maximum applicable rate and
(2) the securities will not be redeemed. These assumptions
resulted in discounted cash flow analysis being performed
through the legal maturities of these securities, ranging from
the year 2032 through 2040, or in the case of the auction rate
preferred stock, through the mandatory redemption date of
year-end 2021. In contrast, at year-end 2008, the company
assumed redemption dates in the year 2010 for these securities.
Though the change in assumptions did result in lower fair values
for these securities, the fair value adjustments were not
material to the Companys overall marketable securities
portfolio. Valuation of these securities as well as a smaller
number of distressed debt securities and certain asset-backed
and mortgaged-backed securities can be very subjective.
Estimates and assumptions could be revised in the future
depending on market conditions and changes in the economy.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance for determining fair
value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or
liability have significantly decreased and identifying
transactions that are not orderly. In response to the guidance,
the Company has added additional steps, starting in the second
quarter of 2009, to its fair value practices described above
with respect to the consensus pricing methodology used in the
valuation of most of the securities in which it has invested.
The Company has implemented more comprehensive procedures to
review the number of pricing inputs received as well as the
variability in the pricing data utilized in the overall
valuation. For securities in which the number of pricing inputs
used is less than expected or there is significant variability
in the pricing inputs, the Company has tested that the final
consensus price is within a reasonable range of fair value
through corroboration with other sources of price data. The
Company will likely continue to refine its fair value assurance
procedures as it pursues more cost-effective methods of
obtaining such assurances in the future. See Note 2 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8
for more information regarding the fair value accounting
guidance issued in 2009.
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company began applying the
valuation concepts of the fair value measurements guidance to
its nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements. These
measurements are most often based on inputs or assumptions that
are less observable in the market, thus requiring more judgment
on the part of the Company in estimating fair value.
Determination of the most advantageous market (when no principal
market exists) and the highest and best use of an asset from the
perspective of market participants can result in fair value
measurements that differ from estimates based on the
Companys specific intentions for the asset.
See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Part II, Item 8 for more information regarding the
Companys fair value measurements and valuation practices.
32
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment of Marketable Securities
The Company records its investments in marketable securities at
fair value through accumulated other comprehensive earnings
using the valuation practices discussed in the fair value
section above. Once these investments have been marked to
market, the Company must assess whether or not its individual
unrealized loss positions contain
other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI). If an unrealized position is
deemed OTTI, then the unrealized loss, or a portion thereof,
must be recognized in earnings. The Companys portfolio is
made up almost entirely of debt securities for which OTTI must
be recognized in accordance with the FASB OTTI guidance
effective in the second quarter of 2009. The model in this
guidance requires that an entity recognize OTTI in earnings for
the entire unrealized loss position if the entity intends to
sell or it is more likely than not the entity will be required
to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of its
amortized cost basis. If the entity does not expect to sell the
debt security, but the present value of cash flows expected to
be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit
loss is deemed to exist and OTTI shall be considered to have
occurred. However, in this case, the OTTI is separated into two
components, the amount representing the credit loss which is
recognized in earnings and the amount related to all other
factors which is recognized in other comprehensive income under
the new guidance. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements in Part II, Item 8 for more details
regarding this guidance. The Companys policy considers
various factors in making these two assessments.
In determining whether it is more likely than not that the
Company will be required to sell impaired securities before
recovery of net book or carrying values, the Company considers
various factors that include:
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys current cash flow projections,
|
|
|
|
Other sources of funds available to the Company such as
borrowing lines,
|
|
|
|
The value of the security relative to the Companys overall
cash position,
|
|
|
|
The length of time remaining until the security matures, and
|
|
|
|
The potential that the security will need to be sold to raise
capital.
|
If the Company determines that it does not intend to sell the
security and it is not more likely than not that the Company
will be required to sell the security, the Company assesses
whether it expects to recover the net book or carrying value of
the security. The Company makes this assessment based on
quantitative and qualitative factors of impaired securities that
include a time period analysis on unrealized loss to net book
value ratio; severity analysis on unrealized loss to net book
value ratio; credit analysis of the securitys issuer based
on rating downgrades; and other qualitative factors that may
include some or all of the following criteria:
|
|
|
|
|
The regulatory and economic environment.
|
|
|
|
The sector, industry and geography in which the issuer operates.
|
|
|
|
Forecasts about the issuers financial performance and
near-term prospects, such as earnings trends and analysts
or industry specialists forecasts.
|
|
|
|
Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal
payments.
|
|
|
|
Material recoveries or declines in fair value subsequent to the
balance sheet date.
|
Securities that are identified through the analysis using the
quantitative and qualitative factors described above are then
assessed to determine whether the entire net book value basis of
each identified security will be recovered. The Company performs
this assessment by comparing the present value of the cash flows
expected to be collected from the security with its net book
value. If the present value of cash flows expected to be
collected is less than the net book value basis of the security,
then a credit loss is deemed to exist and an
other-than-temporary
impairment is considered to have occurred. There are numerous
33
factors to be considered when estimating whether a credit loss
exists and the period over which the debt security is expected
to recover, some of which have been highlighted in the preceding
paragraph.
Given the uncertainty in the current economic environment and
the level of judgment required to make the assessments above,
the final outcomes of the Companys investments in debt
securities could prove to be different than the results
reported. Issuers with good credit standings and relatively
solid financial conditions may not be able to fulfill their
obligations ultimately. Furthermore, the Company could
reconsider its decision not to sell a security depending on
changes in its own cash flow projections as well as changes in
the regulatory and economic environment that may indicate that
selling a security is advantageous to the Company. Historically,
the Company has incurred a low amount of realized losses from
sales of marketable securities.
See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Part II, Item 8 for more information regarding the
Companys marketable securities.
Goodwill
The Company assesses its goodwill annually or upon the
occurrence of a triggering event that leads management to
believe it is more likely than not that an impairment exists,
such as the market capitalization of the overall Company being
less than its carrying value. The Companys goodwill assets
are immaterial, and therefore are not separately presented in
the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The fair
value of each reporting unit tested at December 31, 2009
was substantially in excess of its carrying value.
Long-Lived
Assets
Lexmark performs reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from
the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are
insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, then
an impairment loss is recognized based upon the excess of the
carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets.
Such an impairment review incorporates estimates of forecasted
revenue and costs that may be associated with an asset as well
as the expected periods that an asset may be utilized. Fair
value is determined based on the highest and best use of the
assets considered from the perspective of market participants,
which may be different than the Companys actual intended
use of the asset.
Lexmark also reviews any legal and contractual obligations
associated with the retirement of its long-lived assets and
records assets and liabilities, as necessary, related to such
obligations. The asset recorded is amortized over the useful
life of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability
recorded is relieved when the costs are incurred to retire the
related long-lived tangible asset. Each obligation is estimated
based on current law and technology; accordingly, such estimates
could change as the Company periodically evaluates and revises
such estimates based on expenditures against established
reserves and the availability of additional information. The
Companys asset retirement obligations are currently not
material to the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position.
RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
Operations
Overview
Key
Messages
Lexmark is focused on driving long-term performance by
strategically investing in technology, products and solutions to
secure high value product installations and capture profitable
supplies and service annuities in document and print intensive
segments of the distributed printing market.
|
|
|
|
|
The PSSD strategy is primarily focused on capturing profitable
supplies and service annuities generated from workgroup
monochrome and color laser printers and laser MFPs.
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
The ISD strategy is to build a profitable, growing and
sustainable inkjet business derived from a more productive and
higher page generating installed base of products and solutions
that serve SOHO and business users.
|
Lexmark continues to take actions to improve its cost and
expense structure including continuing to implement
restructuring activities of its business to lower its cost and
better allow it to fund these strategic initiatives. See
Restructuring and Related Charges and Project
Costs that follows for further discussion.
Lexmark continues to maintain a strong financial position with
good cash generation and a solid balance sheet, which positions
it to prudently invest in the future of the business and
successfully compete even during challenging times.
2009 Business
Factors
The weakness of the global economy impacted revenue and
operating income in both of the Companys segments during
2009. Lexmark continued to take actions to reduce cost and
expenses worldwide and improve the efficiency of the
Companys manufacturing operations and, as a result, the
Company announced additional restructuring actions in January,
April and October of 2009. See Restructuring and
Related Charges and Project Costs that follows for
further discussion.
PSSD
During 2009, Lexmark continued its investments in PSSD through
new products and technology. With the introduction of new laser
products that began in the fall of 2008 and continued through
the end of 2009, the Company has announced products that
represent the most extensive series of laser product
introductions in the Companys history. The new product
introductions have significantly strengthened the breadth and
depth of the Companys monochrome laser line, color laser
line and laser MFPs.
ISD
The Company undertook a significant shift in ISD strategy that
began in 2007 and continued through 2009 that has aggressively
shifted the Companys ISD focus to geographic regions,
product segments and customers that generate higher page usage.
The strategy shift and related initiatives have yielded the
following for the Companys ISD segment since 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
The introduction of new products such as Lexmarks
Professional Series, including the introduction in September
2009 of inkjet AIOs (including new Web-connected touch screen
AIOs) targeted for small and medium businesses;
|
|
|
|
An increasing amount of industry recognition and awards for its
inkjet products; and
|
|
|
|
An improvement in the Companys retail presence in
U.S. Office Super Stores.
|
By strengthening the Companys focus on the sales of higher
end, higher page generating inkjet devices, the longer term ISD
objective is to ultimately stabilize and grow supplies revenue
based on a smaller installed base of higher page generating
devices.
35
Operating Results
Summary
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto. The following table summarizes the results of the
Companys operations for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
3,879
|
.9
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,528
|
.4
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,973
|
.9
|
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
1,309
|
.8
|
|
|
|
|
34%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
.6
|
|
|
|
|
34%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,563
|
.6
|
|
|
|
|
31%
|
|
|
Operating expense
|
|
|
|
1,093
|
.7
|
|
|
|
|
28%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,257
|
.4
|
|
|
|
|
28%
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,242
|
.3
|
|
|
|
|
25%
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
|
216
|
.1
|
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
.2
|
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
321
|
.3
|
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
.9
|
|
|
|
|
4%
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
240
|
.2
|
|
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
.8
|
|
|
|
|
6%
|
|
|
|
During 2009, total revenue was $3.9 billion or down 14%
from 2008. Laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 12%
year-to-year
(YTY) while laser and inkjet hardware revenue
decreased 22% YTY. In PSSD, revenue decreased 12% YTY while
revenue in ISD decreased 19% YTY.
During 2008, total revenue was $4.5 billion or down 9% from
2007. Laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 4% YTY while
laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 20% YTY. In PSSD,
revenue decreased 1% YTY while revenue in ISD decreased 22% YTY.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
39% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income
and lower interest and other income/expense, net. Net earnings
in 2009 included $141.3 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the execution of the Companys restructuring plans.
The Company uses the term project costs for
incremental charges related to the execution of its
restructuring plans. See Restructuring and Related
Charges and Project Costs that follows for further
discussion.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased
20% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income
and lower interest and other income/expense, net, partially
offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in 2008
included $92.7 million of pre-tax restructuring-related
charges and project costs in connection with the execution of
the Companys restructuring plans. See
Restructuring and Related Charges and Project
Costs that follows for further discussion. Net
earnings in 2008 also included $11.6 million of
non-recurring tax benefits.
Revenue
The following tables provide a breakdown of the Companys
revenue by product category, hardware unit shipments and market
segment:
Revenue by
product:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
Laser and inkjet printers
|
|
|
$
|
938.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,196.8
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
1,196.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,498.3
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)%
|
Laser and inkjet supplies
|
|
|
|
2,751.8
|
|
|
|
|
3,117.5
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
|
|
|
3,117.5
|
|
|
|
|
3,248.6
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
|
189.3
|
|
|
|
|
214.1
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
|
|
|
214.1
|
|
|
|
|
227.0
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
Unit
shipments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Units in Millions)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
Laser units
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Inkjet units
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
|
|
36
During 2009, laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 12% YTY
as the Company experienced declines in both laser and inkjet
supplies. Laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 22%
primarily due to declines in laser and inkjet units.
During 2008, laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 4% YTY
as growth in laser supplies was more than offset by a decline in
inkjet supplies. Laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 20%
primarily due to declines in laser and inkjet units.
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, one customer, Dell, accounted for
$496 million or approximately 13%, $596 million or
approximately 13% and $717 million or approximately 14%, of
the Companys total revenue, respectively. Sales to Dell
are included in both PSSD and ISD.
Revenue by
division:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
PSSD
|
|
|
$
|
2,624.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,981.6
|
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
2,981.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,999.2
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
ISD
|
|
|
|
1,255.0
|
|
|
|
|
1,546.8
|
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)%
|
|
|
|
1,546.8
|
|
|
|
|
1,974.7
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
PSSD
During 2009, revenue in PSSD decreased $357 million or 12%
compared to 2008 due to a 19% decline in laser hardware revenue
as well as a decrease in laser supplies revenue. The lower laser
hardware revenue was due to lower unit volume and negative
impact of currency, partially offset by a positive mix of
workgroup and MFP devices. Laser hardware unit shipments
decreased approximately 21% YTY primarily due to lower low-end
mono-laser units, partially offset by unit growth in laser MFPs
and single function color devices. Laser hardware AUR, which
reflects the changes in both pricing and mix, increased
approximately 4% YTY due to a positive product mix shift toward
workgroup and MFP devices.
During 2008, revenue in PSSD decreased $18 million or 1%
compared to 2007 due to a 9% decline in laser hardware revenue,
partially offset by growth in laser supplies revenue. The lower
laser hardware revenue was due to lower unit volume and
aggressive pricing, partially offset by a positive currency
impact and positive mix of workgroup and MFP devices. Laser
hardware unit shipments decreased approximately 7% YTY primarily
due to lower OEM units, partially offset by unit growth in laser
MFPs. Laser hardware AUR, which reflects the changes in both
pricing and mix, decreased approximately 2% YTY due to
aggressive pricing, partially offset by a positive currency
impact.
ISD
During 2009, revenue in ISD decreased $292 million or 19%
compared to 2008 due to decreased inkjet hardware and supplies
revenue. Hardware revenue declined 28% YTY due to lower unit
shipments and negative net price impacts as well as negative
foreign currency impacts, partially offset by an improvement in
mix toward higher end devices. Management believes supplies
revenue declined YTY due to the impact on end-user demand of
broad global economic weakness and shrinkage in the installed
base of inkjet products and an associated decline in end-user
demand for inkjet supplies. Inkjet hardware unit shipments
declined 37% YTY principally due to the Companys decision
to prioritize certain markets, segments and customers and to
reduce or eliminate others. Inkjet hardware AUR increased 13%
YTY due to favorable product mix shift.
During 2008, revenue in ISD decreased $428 million or 22%
compared to 2007 due to decreased inkjet hardware and supplies
revenue. Hardware revenue declined 38% YTY due to lower unit
shipments. Management believes supplies revenue declined YTY due
to shrinkage in the installed base of inkjet products and an
associated decline in end-user demand for inkjet supplies.
Inkjet hardware unit shipments declined 45% YTY principally due
to the Companys decision to prioritize certain markets,
segments and customers and to reduce or eliminate others. Units
were also impacted by the weakening market and some
37
lost retail shelf space. Inkjet hardware AUR increased 13% YTY
due to favorable product mix shift, partially offset by a
negative impact of pricing.
Revenue by
geography:
The following table provides a breakdown of the Companys
revenue by geography:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
% of Total
|
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
$
|
1,672.1
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
1,864.8
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
%
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
1,864.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,140.3
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa)
|
|
|
|
1,453.9
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
|
|
|
1,742.9
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)%
|
|
|
|
1,742.9
|
|
|
|
|
1,827.2
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other International
|
|
|
|
753.9
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
|
|
|
920.7
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)%
|
|
|
|
920.7
|
|
|
|
|
1,006.4
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
During 2009, revenue decreased in all geographies due to lower
laser and inkjet supplies and hardware revenue. Currency
exchange rates had a 3% unfavorable impact on revenue for the
year 2009.
During 2008, revenue decreased in all geographies primarily due
to lower laser and inkjet hardware revenue as well as lower
inkjet supplies revenue. Currency exchange rates had a 2%
favorable impact on revenue for the year 2008.
Gross
Profit
The following table provides gross profit information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Change
|
Gross profit dollars
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,534.6
|
|
|
|
|
(15)%
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,534.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,563.6
|
|
|
|
|
(2)%
|
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
|
33.8%
|
|
|
|
|
33.9%
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1)pts
|
|
|
|
|
33.9%
|
|
|
|
|
31.4%
|
|
|
|
|
2.5pts
|
|
|
During 2009, consolidated gross profit decreased when compared
to the prior year while gross profit as a percentage of revenue
was relatively flat when compared to the prior year. The gross
profit margin versus the prior period was impacted by a
2.4 percentage point increase due to a favorable mix shift
among products, reflecting a lower relative percentage of
hardware versus supplies, and a 2.1 percentage point
decrease due to product margins as well as a 0.4 percentage
point decrease attributable to higher YTY restructuring-related
actions. Gross profit in 2009 included $51.5 million of
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring activities. See
Restructuring and Related Charges and Project
Costs that follows for further discussion.
During 2008, consolidated gross profit decreased when compared
to the prior year while gross profit as a percentage of revenue
increased when compared to the prior year. The change in the
gross profit margin over the prior period was primarily due to a
5.3 percentage point increase due to a favorable mix shift
among products, primarily less inkjet hardware and more laser
supplies, partially offset by a 2.3 percentage point
decrease due to product margins and a 0.5 percentage point
decrease attributable to restructuring-related actions,
primarily from an increase in accelerated depreciation charges
YTY. Gross profit in 2008 included $42.5 million of
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring activities. See
Restructuring and Related Charges and Project
Costs that follows for further discussion.
38
Operating
Expense
The following table presents information regarding the
Companys operating expenses during the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
|
|
Dollars
|
|
|
|
% of Rev
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
$
|
375.3
|
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
423.3
|
|
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
403.8
|
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
%
|
Selling, general & administrative
|
|
|
|
647.8
|
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
807.3
|
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
812.8
|
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
70.6
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
Total operating expense
|
|
|
$
|
1,093.7
|
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
1,257.4
|
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
1,242.3
|
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
Research and development decreased in 2009 compared to the prior
year primarily due to the Companys efforts to reduce these
operating expenses through platform consolidations and increased
productivity. Research and development increased in 2008
compared to the prior year primarily due to the Companys
investment to support laser product and solution development.
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A)
expenses in 2009 decreased YTY primarily driven by lower selling
expenses along with lower general and administrative expenses.
SG&A expenses in 2008 decreased YTY due to lower general
and administrative expenses. The lower SG&A expenses for
both years were attributable to savings realized from the
Companys restructuring actions. Additionally, SG&A
expenses in 2009 and 2008 included project costs related to the
Companys restructuring activities. See discussion below of
restructuring-related charges and project costs included in the
Companys operating expenses for the years presented in the
table above.
In 2009, the Company incurred $89.8 million of
restructuring-related charges and project costs due to the
Companys restructuring plans. Of the $89.8 million of
total restructuring-related charges and project costs incurred
in 2009, $19.2 million is included in Selling, general
and administrative while $70.6 million is included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
In 2008, the Company incurred $50.2 million of
restructuring-related charges and project costs due to the
Companys restructuring plans. Of the $50.2 million of
total restructuring-related charges and project costs incurred
in 2008, $23.4 million is included in Selling, general
and administrative while $26.8 million is included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
In 2007, the Company incurred $35.0 million of
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans. Of the
$35.0 million of total restructuring-related charges and
project costs incurred in 2007, $9.3 million (net of a
$3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Rosyth,
Scotland facility) is included in Selling, general and
administrative while $25.7 million is included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
See Restructuring and Related Charges and Project
Costs that follows for further discussion of the
Companys restructuring plans.
39
Operating Income
(Loss)
The following table provides operating income by market segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Change
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
PSSD
|
|
$
|
379.3
|
|
|
$
|
497.1
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)%
|
|
$
|
497.1
|
|
|
$
|
612.0
|
|
|
|
(19
|
)%
|
|
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
14.4%
|
|
|
|
16.7%
|
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)pts
|
|
|
16.7%
|
|
|
|
20.4%
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)pts
|
|
|
ISD
|
|
|
114.3
|
|
|
|
137.1
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)%
|
|
|
137.1
|
|
|
|
93.4
|
|
|
|
47
|
%
|
|
|
% of revenue
|
|
|
9.1%
|
|
|
|
8.9%
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
pts
|
|
|
8.9%
|
|
|
|
4.7%
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
pts
|
|
|
All other
|
|
|
(277.5
|
)
|
|
|
(357.0
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
(357.0
|
)
|
|
|
(384.1
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
216.1
|
|
|
$
|
277.2
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
|
$
|
277.2
|
|
|
$
|
321.3
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)%
|
|
|
% of total revenue
|
|
|
5.6%
|
|
|
|
6.1%
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)pts
|
|
|
6.1%
|
|
|
|
6.5%
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)pts
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the decrease in
consolidated operating income was due to decreased gross profits
partially offset by lower operating expenses. Operating income
for PSSD and ISD decreased YTY due to lower supplies revenue
reflecting lower volumes, partially offset by lower operating
expenses.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the decrease in
consolidated operating income was due to decreased gross profits
and higher operating expenses. Operating income for PSSD
decreased YTY due to higher operating expenses, reflecting
higher product development investments, and lower hardware gross
profits, reflecting the impact of aggressive pricing as well as
a negative impact due to product mix. Operating income for ISD
increased YTY due to increased hardware gross margin, due to
lower hardware unit sales, and decreased operating expenses,
partially offset by lower supplies revenue.
During 2009, the Company incurred total pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$64.6 million in PSSD, $44.4 million in ISD and
$32.3 million in All other. During 2008, the Company
incurred total pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project
costs of $24.4 million in PSSD, $27.3 million in ISD
and $41.0 million in All other. During 2007, the Company
incurred restructuring-related charges and project costs of
$12.1 million in PSSD, $12.2 million in ISD and
$27.7 million in All other. See Restructuring and
Related Charges and Project Costs that follows for
further discussion.
Interest and
Other
The following table provides interest and other information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Interest (income) expense, net
|
|
$
|
21.4
|
|
|
$
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21.2
|
)
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
Net impairment losses on securities
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest and other (income) expense, net
|
|
$
|
29.1
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
(28.2
|
)
|
|
|
Total interest and other (income) expense, net, was expense of
$29 million in 2009 compared to expense of $1 million
in 2008. The 2009 net expense increase YTY was primarily
due to lower interest income from declining interest rates on
the Companys investments and lower investment balances as
well as increased interest expense from the $650 million
debt the Company issued in May 2008.
Total interest and other (income) expense, net, was expense of
$1 million in 2008 compared to income of $28 million
in 2007. The 2008 decrease YTY was primarily due to increased
interest expense from the $650 million debt the Company
issued in May 2008 as well as the $8 million pre-tax gain
the Company recognized in 2007 from the substantial liquidation
of the Companys Scotland entity that did not recur in
2008. Additionally, the Company recognized $8 million in
net losses in 2008 related to its marketable securities.
40
Provision for
Income Taxes and Related Matters
The Companys effective income tax rate was approximately
22.0%, 12.9% and 13.9% in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. See
Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in
Part II, Item 8 for a reconciliation of the
Companys effective tax rate to the U.S. statutory
rate.
The 9.1 percentage point increase of the effective tax rate
from 2008 to 2009 was due to a geographic shift in earnings
(5.1 percentage points) toward higher tax jurisdictions in
2009 and the reversal of previously-accrued taxes
(3.1 percentage points) in 2008 that did not recur in 2009,
along with a variety of other factors (0.9 percentage
points).
The 1.0 percentage point reduction of the effective tax
rate from 2007 to 2008 was due to a reduction of
5.3 percentage points, primarily related to the geographic
shift in earnings to lower tax jurisdictions in 2008, along with
a variety of other factors, partially offset by a smaller amount
of reversals and adjustments to previously accrued taxes in 2008
(increase of 4.3 percentage points) when compared to
reversals and adjustments recorded in 2007. During 2008, the
Company reversed $11.6 million of previously accrued taxes
principally due to the settlement of the U.S. tax audit for
years 2004 and 2005, while in 2007, the Company reversed a total
of $29.6 million of previously accrued taxes which
pertained to the settlement of a tax audit outside the
U.S. and other adjustments to previously recorded tax
amounts.
Net
Earnings
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
39% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income
and lower interest and other income/expense, net. Net earnings
in 2009 included $141.3 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring activities versus
$92.7 million in 2008. See Restructuring and
Related Charges and Project Costs that follows for
further discussion.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased
20% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income
partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in
2008 included $92.7 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring activities versus
$52.0 million in 2007. See Restructuring and
Related Charges and Project Costs that follows for
further discussion. Net earnings in 2008 also included
$12 million of non-recurring tax benefits.
Net earnings in 2007 included $52.0 million (net of a
$3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Rosyth,
Scotland facility) of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and
project costs. See Restructuring and Related Charges
and Project Costs that follows for further discussion.
Net earnings in 2007 also included an $8.1 million pre-tax
foreign exchange gain realized upon the substantial liquidation
of the Companys Scotland entity and $29 million of
non-recurring tax benefits.
Earnings per
Share
The following table summarizes basic and diluted net earnings
per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.87
|
|
|
$
|
2.70
|
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
1.86
|
|
|
|
2.69
|
|
|
|
3.14
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the decreases in
basic and diluted net earnings per share YTY were attributable
to decreased earnings partially offset by the decreases in the
average number of shares outstanding.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the decreases in
basic and diluted net earnings per share YTY were attributable
to decreased earnings partially offset by the decreases in the
average number of shares outstanding, primarily due to the
Companys stock repurchases.
41
RESTRUCTURING AND
RELATED CHARGES AND PROJECT COSTS
Summary of
Restructuring Impacts
The Companys 2009 financial results are impacted by its
ongoing restructuring plans and related projects and are
discussed in further detail below. Project costs consist of
additional charges related to the execution of the restructuring
plans. These project costs are incremental to the Companys
normal operating charges and are expensed as incurred, and
include such items as compensation costs for overlap staffing,
travel expenses, consulting costs and training costs. The table
below summarizes the 2009 financial impacts of the
Companys restructuring plans and related projects.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges, including project costs, of $141.3 million for the
Companys restructuring plans as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Actions*
|
|
2008 Action
|
|
2007 Action
|
|
2006 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related
|
|
related
|
|
related
|
|
related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
Charges
|
|
Charges
|
|
Charges
|
|
Project
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
41.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10.1
|
|
|
$
|
51.6
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
66.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
88.3
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
108.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
29.2
|
|
|
$
|
141.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Amounts represent a combined total
for all 2009 Restructuring Actions. Please see below for
separate details regarding each plan.
|
The Company incurred $51.5 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs in Cost of revenue
and $0.1 million in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Total employee termination benefits and contract termination and
lease charges of $70.6 million are included in
Restructuring and related charges while
$19.1 million of related project costs are included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs related to
its restructuring plans of $64.6 million in PSSD,
$44.4 million in ISD and $32.3 million in All other.
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company expects savings of
approximately $55 million from the 2007, 2008 and 2009
restructuring actions. In 2010 due to the 2009 restructuring
actions, the Company expects restructuring and related costs and
expenses to be approximately $65 million, with
$17 million expected to be incurred in the first quarter.
October 2009
Restructuring Plan
General
As part of Lexmarks ongoing plans to improve the
efficiency and effectiveness of all of our operations, the
Company announced restructuring actions (the October 2009
Restructuring Plan) on October 20, 2009. The Company
continues its focus on refining its selling and service
organization, reducing its general and administrative expenses,
consolidating its cartridge manufacturing capacity, and
enhancing the efficiency of its supply chain infrastructure. The
actions taken will reduce cost and expense across the
organization, with a focus in manufacturing and supply chain,
service delivery overhead, marketing and sales support,
corporate overhead and development positions as well as reducing
cost through consolidation of facilities in supply chain and
cartridge manufacturing. The Company expects these actions to be
principally completed by the end of the first quarter of 2011.
42
The October 2009 Restructuring Plan is expected to impact about
825 positions worldwide and should result in total pre-tax
charges of approximately $120 million. Charges of
$63.5 million were incurred in 2009, with approximately
$56.5 million expected to be incurred in 2010
2011. The company expects the total cash cost of this plan to be
approximately $105 million.
Lexmark expects the October 2009 Restructuring Plan to generate
savings of approximately $70 million in 2010, and ongoing
savings beginning in 2011 of approximately $110 million.
These ongoing savings should be split approximately 60% to
operating expense and 40% to cost of goods sold. Ongoing cash
savings of approximately $105 million are expected
beginning in 2011.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $63.5 million for the October 2009 Restructuring
Plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
Project
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
55.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
59.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.9
|
|
|
$
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred $7.1 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs in Cost of revenue
on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Employee
termination benefit charges of $52.4 million and contract
termination and lease charges of $1.0 million are included
in Restructuring and related charges, and
$3.0 million of related project costs are included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs related to
the October 2009 Restructuring Plan of $47.0 million in
PSSD, $4.2 million in ISD and $12.3 million in All
other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits and contract
termination and lease charges in connection with the October
2009 Restructuring Plan. Of the total $50.9 million
restructuring liability, $23.6 million is included in
Accrued liabilities and $27.3 million is included in
Other liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
Termination &
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Lease Charges
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
51.5
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
Payments & Other
(1)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits
|
43
April 2009
Restructuring Plan
General
As part of Lexmarks ongoing plan to consolidate
manufacturing capacity and reduce costs and expenses worldwide,
the Company announced on April 21, 2009 the planned closure
of its inkjet cartridge manufacturing facility in Juarez, Mexico
by the end of the first quarter of 2010 as well as the continued
restructuring of its worldwide workforce (the April 2009
Restructuring Plan). The April 2009 Restructuring Plan is
expected to impact about 360 positions worldwide, with
approximately 270 coming from the closure of the facility in
Juarez, Mexico. The Company expects the April 2009 Restructuring
Plan will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately
$50.0 million with cash costs estimated at
$10.0 million. The Company expects the April 2009
Restructuring Plan to be substantially completed by the end of
the second quarter of 2010 and currently expects total 2010
savings of more than $20.0 million.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $44.3 million for the April 2009 Restructuring
Plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
34.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
$
|
37.0
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
40.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.7
|
|
|
$
|
44.3
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred $37.0 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs in Cost of revenue
on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Total employee
termination benefit charges of $5.9 million are included in
Restructuring and related charges, and $1.4 million
of related project costs are included in Selling, general and
administrative on the Companys Consolidated Statements
of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs related to
the April 2009 restructuring plan of $4.2 million in PSSD,
$39.0 million in ISD and $1.1 million in All other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with
the April 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included in
Accrued liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
Payments & Other
(1)
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits
|
44
2009
Restructuring Plan
General
In response to global economic weakening, the Company announced
a restructuring plan (the 2009 Restructuring Plan)
on January 13, 2009. The 2009 Restructuring Plan impacted
about 375 positions through the end of 2009. The areas impacted
include general and administrative functions, supply chain and
sales support, research and development program consolidation,
as well as marketing and sales management. Expected savings are
$50.0 million per year, with approximately 95% of the
savings expected to benefit operating expense, and the remaining
5% will impact cost of sales. The 2009 Restructuring Plan was
substantially completed by the end of 2009.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $23.8 million for the 2009 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
$
|
4.4
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
8.7
|
|
|
$
|
15.1
|
|
|
$
|
23.8
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred $4.4 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs in Cost of revenue
on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Total employee
termination benefit charges of $8.4 million are included in
Restructuring and related charges, and $11.0 million
of related project costs are included in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs related to
the 2009 Restructuring Plan of $10.9 million in PSSD,
$1.5 million in ISD and $11.4 million in All other.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
The Company incurred charges of $20.2 million related to
employee termination benefits in the fourth quarter of 2008
because the charges were probable and estimable for the
2008 year-end reporting period. Including the
$20.2 million charge in 2008, the Company has incurred
$44.0 million of total charges for the 2009 Restructuring
Plan.
45
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with
the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included in
Accrued liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits
|
2008
Restructuring Plan
General
To enhance the efficiency of the Companys inkjet cartridge
manufacturing operations, the Company announced the 2008
Restructuring Plan on July 22, 2008 that resulted in
the closure of one of the Companys inkjet supplies
manufacturing facilities in Mexico. The 2008 Restructuring Plan
was substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of
2009 and any remaining charges to be incurred will be immaterial.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company reversed
$1.5 million of previously accrued accelerated depreciation
costs recorded incorrectly, and incurred project costs of
$1.9 million. The accelerated depreciation reversal and
related project costs are included in Cost of revenue on
the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and were incurred in ISD.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
charges of $22.8 million for the 2008 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
19.8
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
21.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
The $19.8 million of accelerated depreciation charges and
project costs are included in Cost of revenue, and the
$3.0 million of total employee termination benefit charges
are included in Restructuring and related charges on the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company incurred
$22.7 million in ISD and $0.1 million in All other.
46
Liability
Rollforward
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had no remaining
liability balance for employee termination benefits in
connection with the 2008 Restructuring Plan.
2007
Restructuring Plan
General
On October 23, 2007, the Company announced the 2007
Restructuring Plan which included:
|
|
|
|
|
Closing one of the Companys inkjet supplies manufacturing
facilities in Mexico and additional optimization measures at the
remaining inkjet facilities in Mexico and the Philippines;
|
|
|
|
Reducing the Companys business support cost and expense
structure by further consolidating activity globally and
expanding the use of shared service centers in lower-cost
regions the areas impacted are supply chain, service
delivery, general and administrative expense, as well as
marketing and sales support functions; and
|
|
|
|
Focusing consumer segment marketing and sales efforts into
countries or geographic regions that have the highest supplies
usage.
|
The 2007 Restructuring Plan was substantially completed by the
end of the first quarter of 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2009,
the Company incurred $3.9 million in additional
restructuring-related charges as a result of revisions in
previous estimates. The Company expects any remaining charges
related to the 2007 Restructuring Plan to be immaterial.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $9.9 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
4.6
|
|
|
$
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
$2.6 million of accelerated depreciation charges and
project costs in Cost of revenue, and $0.1 million
of accelerated depreciation charges in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The $3.5 million of total employee termination benefits and
contract termination and lease charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges, and the
$3.7 million of related project costs are included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges (reversals) of
$3.1 million in PSSD, $(0.7) million in ISD and
$7.5 million in All other. The $(0.7) million
represents a reversal of previously accrued accelerated
depreciation costs that were incorrectly recorded.
47
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
a total of $50.3 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
17.3
|
|
|
$
|
13.5
|
|
|
$
|
30.8
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
14.6
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
21.5
|
|
|
$
|
28.8
|
|
|
$
|
50.3
|
|
|
|
$22.7 million and $8.1 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs are included in Cost
of revenue and Selling, general and administrative,
respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The
$4.2 million of total employee termination benefits and
contract termination and lease charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges, while the
$15.3 million of related project costs are included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs related to
its 2007 Restructuring Plan of $9.2 million in PSSD,
$2.9 million in ISD, and $38.2 million in All other.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company sold one of its
inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Juarez, Mexico for
$4.6 million and recognized a $1.1 million pre-tax
gain on the sale that is included in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The $15.3 million of project costs is the net amount
incurred after including the gain recognized on the sale.
Impact to 2007
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred
charges of $34.2 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Action
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
related Charges
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Note 4)
|
|
Project Costs
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
5.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
$
|
5.9
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs
|
|
$
|
30.8
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
$
|
34.2
|
|
|
|
The Company incurred $5.9 million of accelerated
depreciation charges and project costs in Cost of revenue
on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
$25.7 million of total employee termination benefit charges
are included in Restructuring and related charges while
$2.6 million of related project costs are included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred
restructuring and related charges and project costs of
$6.4 million in PSSD, $14.9 million in ISD and
$12.9 million in All other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits and contract
termination and lease charges in connection with the 2007
Restructuring Plan. The ending liability of $12.0 million
is included in Accrued liabilities on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Of the
$16.2 million restructuring liability on December 31,
2008, $14.9 million is included in
48
Accrued liabilities and $1.3 million is included in
Other liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
Termination &
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Lease Charges
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
|
$
|
16.2
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
2006
Restructuring Plan
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company approved a plan to
restructure its workforce, consolidate manufacturing capacity
and make certain changes to its U.S. retirement plans
(collectively referred to as the 2006 actions).
Except for approximately 100 positions that were eliminated in
2007, activities related to the 2006 actions were substantially
completed at the end of 2006.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company reversed
$0.6 million of previously accrued employee termination
benefits. The reversal is included in Restructuring and
related charges on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
and was incurred in PSSD.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed
$1.5 million of previously accrued employee termination
benefits and accrued an additional $0.9 million of contract
termination and lease charges due to a revision in assumptions
based on current economic conditions. The net reversal is
included in Restructuring and related charges on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of the net
$0.6 million reversed in 2008, the Company recognized
$(0.3) million in PSSD and $(0.3) million in All other.
Impact to 2007
Financial Results
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company sold its Rosyth,
Scotland facility for $8.1 million and recognized a
$3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale that is included in
Selling, general and administrative on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
During the second quarter of 2007, the Company substantially
liquidated the remaining operations of its Scotland entity and
recognized an $8.1 million pre-tax gain from the
realization of the entitys accumulated foreign currency
translation adjustment generated on the investment in the entity
during its operating life. This gain is included in Other
(income) expense, net on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred
approximately $17.8 million of project costs related to the
Companys 2006 actions. The $17.8 million of project
costs is the net amount incurred after including the gain
recognized on the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility during
the first quarter of
49
2007. Of the $17.8 million of 2006 project costs incurred,
$11.1 million is included in Cost of revenue and
$6.7 million in Selling, general and administrative
on the Companys Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred
total pre-tax 2006 project costs of $5.7 million in PSSD
and $14.8 million in All other, while ISD realized a
$2.7 million net benefit after the sale of the Rosyth,
Scotland facility.
Liability
Rollforward
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had a liability
balance of $1.2 million related to contract termination and
lease charges in connection with the 2006 actions. Of the total
$1.2 million restructuring liability, $0.5 million is
included in Accrued liabilities and $0.7 million is
included in Other liabilities on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
PENSION AND OTHER
POSTRETIREMENT PLANS
The following table provides the total pre-tax cost related to
Lexmarks pension and other postretirement plans for the
years 2009, 2008 and 2007. Cost amounts are included as an
addition to the Companys cost and expense amounts in the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Total cost of pension and other postretirement plans
|
|
$
|
41.2
|
|
|
$
|
37.0
|
|
|
$
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
Comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension plans
|
|
$
|
20.3
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
Defined contribution plans
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
Other postretirement plans
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
The increase in the cost of the defined benefit pension plans in
2009 compared to 2008 was primarily due to curtailment losses
recognized on restructuring related activity in the
U.S. The decrease in the cost of defined contribution plans
in 2009 compared to 2008 was mainly due to a reduction in the
number of participants in the U.S. plan. Changes in
actuarial assumptions did not have a significant impact on the
Companys results of operations in 2008 and 2009, nor are
they expected to have a material effect in 2010. Future effects
of retirement-related benefits on the operating results of the
Company depend on economic conditions, employee demographics,
mortality rates and investment performance. Refer to
Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
relating to the Companys pension and other postretirement
plans.
In 2008, there was a significant decline in the value of pension
plan assets primarily resulting from a large decline in equity
markets. Because the Company defers current year differences
between actual and expected asset returns on equity investments
over the subsequent five years in accordance with prescribed
accounting guidelines, the impact to 2009 pension expense was
only $5 million.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the Act) was
enacted on August 17, 2006. Most of its provisions became
effective in 2008. The Act significantly changed the funding
requirements for single-employer defined benefit pension plans.
The funding requirements are now largely based on a plans
calculated funded status, with faster amortization of any
shortfalls. The Act directs the U.S. Treasury Department to
develop a new yield curve to discount pension obligations for
determining the funded status of a plan when calculating the
funding requirements. The provisions of the Act resulted in the
need for additional funding in 2009 of $73 million in the
first quarter in the U.S.
50
LIQUIDITY AND
CAPITAL RESOURCES
Financial
Position
Lexmarks financial position remains strong at
December 31, 2009, with working capital of
$949 million compared to $805 million at
December 31, 2008. The $144 million increase in
working capital accounts was primarily due to the
$180 million increase in cash and cash equivalents as
discussed below.
At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the
Company had senior note debt of $648.9 million and
$648.7 million, respectively. The Company issued
$650 million of new long-term debt in 2008, but used a
large portion of the proceeds to repurchase shares during the
second half of 2008. The Company also repaid $5.5 million
of other short-term borrowings in 2009 that were outstanding at
December 31, 2008. The Company had no amounts outstanding
under its U.S. trade receivables financing program or its
revolving credit facility at December 31, 2009, or
December 31, 2008. The debt to total capital ratio was 39%
at December 31, 2009, compared to 45% at December 31,
2008.
Liquidity
The following table summarizes the results of the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used for):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
402.2
|
|
|
$
|
482.1
|
|
|
$
|
564.2
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(228.2
|
)
|
|
|
(427.6
|
)
|
|
|
(287.4
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
(48.1
|
)
|
|
|
(147.0
|
)
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
180.1
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
132.4
|
|
|
|
The Companys primary source of liquidity has been cash
generated by operations, which totaled $402 million,
$482 million and $564 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. Cash from operations generally has been sufficient
to allow the Company to fund its working capital needs and
finance its capital expenditures during these periods along with
the repurchase of approximately $0.6 billion and
$0.2 billion of its Class A Common Stock during 2008
and 2007, respectively. There were no share repurchases in 2009.
Management believes that cash provided by operations will
continue to be sufficient to meet operating and capital needs
for the next twelve months. However, in the event that cash from
operations is not sufficient, the Company has a substantial cash
and short term marketable securities balance and other potential
sources of liquidity through utilization of its accounts
receivable financing program, revolving credit facility (new
agreement in third quarter of 2009) or other financing
sources as discussed below. As of December 31, 2009, the
Company held $1.13 billion in cash and current marketable
securities.
Operating
activities
Economic conditions impacted the Companys revenue and
profitability in 2009, as well as impacting cash flow. First
quarter 2009 cash flow was negative reflecting negative working
capital performance and global pension contributions of
$78.6 million. However, the fourth quarter of 2009 marked
the third consecutive quarter of sequential improvement in cash
generation. In addition, fourth quarter 2009 earnings showed
significant recovery from weak levels earlier in 2009 and cash
flows from operating activities were strong at
$256.6 million. Although the Company continues to generate
significant annual cash flow from operations, the amounts
generated have trended downward since 2006.
The $79.9 million decrease in cash flows from operating
activities from 2008 to 2009 was driven by the following factors.
51
Changes in Trade receivables balances contributed
$148.2 million to the decrease in cash flow from operating
activities from 2008 to 2009. Trade receivables decreased
$150.5 million during 2008 compared to a decrease of
$2.3 million in 2009. During 2008, collections performance
and days sales outstanding improved significantly, reducing the
trade receivables balance. During 2009, the Company maintained
this improved performance in days sales outstanding, as
indicated in the days of sales outstanding measurements included
in the section to follow. Fourth quarter revenue in 4Q09 was
only slightly below 4Q08.
Net earnings decreased $94.3 million for full year
2009 as compared to full year 2008. Challenging economic
conditions negatively impacted the Companys profitability
during the first part of 2009 as well as the operating cash
flows that were ultimately realized. Additionally, pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs increased
$49 million full year 2009 compared to full year 2008 which
also had a negative impact on the Companys profitability.
However, many of these charges were either non-cash charges or
accruals of expenses not yet paid by the Company and therefore
had a smaller impact on cash flow from operations than on Net
earnings. Lower Net earnings was also impacted by the
increase in certain non-cash charges which have no impact to
cash flows from operations, such as deferred income tax
adjustments.
The activities above were partially offset by the following
factors.
The reduction in Inventories balances was
$55.1 million more in 2009 compared to that of 2008,
$46.6 million for PSSD inventories and $8.5 million
for ISD inventories. Inventories decreased
$81.2 million during 2009 and $26.1 million during
2008. The larger decrease in 2009 was driven by the
Companys increased focus on inventory management,
particularly actions initiated during the second quarter of 2009
to significantly reduce the production of supplies and purchases
of printers, which lowered the Companys purchases during
the period. These actions were taken in response to the
challenging economic conditions that negatively impacted the
Company in the first quarter of 2009. The benefit of these
actions was maintained by the Company through fourth quarter of
2009 accompanied by stronger than expected sales.
The reduction in Accounts payable balances was
$32.3 million less in 2009 compared to that of 2008.
Accounts payable decreased $47.8 million during 2009
and $80.1 million during 2008. The smaller reduction in
2009 was driven by the increase in demand in the fourth quarter
of 2009, as well as favorable payment terms implemented in the
third quarter of 2009.
The decrease in Accrued liabilities and Other assets
and liabilities, collectively, was $30.1 million less
in 2009 compared to that of 2008, of which the largest single
factor was income taxes. Income tax payments, net of refunds
received, were $41.3 million in 2009 compared to
$97.8 million in 2008, a YTY decrease in income taxes paid
of $56.5 million. In 2009, the Company received
approximately $25 million of refunds from the IRS related
to prior year tax payments. In 2008, the Company made a
$21.8 million payment to the IRS in settlement of the
2004-2005
income tax audit. In addition to income taxes, there were
various other items that contributed to the favorable YTY
movement in Accrued liabilities and Other assets and
liabilities including both cash transactions as well as the
effect of accruals of expected future operating cash receipts
and payments. Other notable cash transactions, though offset by
other activities, included pension and postretirement funding
and Germany copyright fee payments made in 2009. The Company
made $92.4 million of pension and postretirement payments
in 2009 compared to $6.6 million in 2008 driven by the
steep decline in the fair value of pension plan assets in late
2008. The Company anticipates funding an additional amount of
approximately $20 million in 2010. Looking forward, the
Company is currently assuming pension and postretirement funding
requirements for 2011 and 2012 of $30 million to
$35 million per year based on factors that were present as
of December 31, 2009. Actual future pension and
postretirement funding requirements beyond 2010 will be impacted
by various factors, including actual pension asset returns and
interest rates used for discounting future liabilities. The
Company also made a $43 million payment to German
collection societies in the third quarter of 2009 in settlement
of copyright fees levied on
all-in-one
and multifunctional devices sold in Germany after
December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2007.
52
Refer to the contractual cash obligations in the pages that
follow for additional information regarding items that will
likely impact the Companys future cash flows.
The $82.1 million decrease in cash flows from operating
activities from 2007 to 2008 was driven by the following factors.
The reduction in Accounts payable was $80.1 million
in 2008 compared to the $36.6 million increase in 2007. The
unfavorable YTY change of $116.7 million was largely due to
the timing of vendor payments. In 2007, the Company was able to
lengthen the cycle in which it pays its vendors compared to that
of 2006. This resulted in a larger year-end 2007 Accounts
payable balance, which was then paid in 2008 resulting in
the unfavorable YTY movement. Additionally, at year-end 2008,
demand had decreased due to increasingly difficult economic
conditions compared to 2007.
The decrease in Accrued liabilities and Other assets
and liabilities collectively was $63.5 million in 2008
compared to the increase in 2007 of $46.7 million. The YTY
$110.2 million unfavorable impact to the Companys
cash flows was due to many factors. Notable YTY fluctuations in
cash outflows included $21.7 million of additional cash
paid for income taxes, $97.8 million paid in 2008 compared
to $76.1 million in 2007, as well as $14.3 million of
additional cash paid for interest, $26.9 million paid in
2008 compared to $12.6 million paid in 2007 due to the
higher level of debt in 2008.
The activities above were partially offset by Trade
receivables activity. Trade receivables decreased
$150.5 million in 2008 compared to a decrease of only
$5.5 million in 2007. The favorable YTY fluctuation of
$145.0 million was driven by collections. As indicated in
the cash conversion days table in the section below, days of
sales outstanding decreased 4 days from year-end 2007 to
year-end 2008 due to improvements in delinquency as well as the
geographic shift in sales to faster collecting countries.
Cash Conversion
Days
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Days of sales outstanding
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Days of inventory
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Days of payables
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
Cash conversion days
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
Cash conversion days represent the number of days that elapse
between the moment the Company pays for materials and the day it
collects cash from its customers. Cash conversion days are equal
to days of sales outstanding plus days of inventory less days of
payables.
The days of sales outstanding are calculated using the year-end
trade receivables, net of allowances, and the average daily
revenue for the quarter.
The days of inventory are calculated using the year-end net
inventories balance and the average daily cost of revenue for
the quarter.
The days of payables are calculated using the year-end accounts
payable balance and the average daily cost of revenue for the
quarter.
Please note that cash conversion days presented above may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
registrants.
Investing
activities
The Company decreased its marketable securities investments in
2009 by $24.2 million. The Company increased its marketable
securities investments by $210.6 million and
$112.9 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company
did not increase its marketable securities investments in 2009
due to the decrease in cash flows from operations as well as the
conservative investment policies pursued during 2009.
Additionally, the Company made certain payments from available
cash during 2009, such as
53
pension contributions and the German copyright settlement
discussed previously, that did not allow the Company to invest
these funds in marketable securities during the year. The YTY
variations in cash flows (used for) provided by investing
activities were driven by the Companys marketable
securities investment activities as well as the increase in
capital expenditures discussed below.
The Companys investments in marketable securities are
classified and accounted for as
available-for-sale.
At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the
Companys marketable securities portfolio consisted of
asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt
securities, preferred and municipal debt securities,
U.S. government and agency debt securities, international
government, commercial paper and certificates of deposit. The
Companys auction rate securities, valued at
$22.0 million and $24.7 at year-end 2009 and 2008,
respectively, are reported in the noncurrent assets section of
the Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company
recognized $2.7 million in net losses on its marketable
securities, including $3.3 million for
other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI) of debt securities. Of the total
OTTI charges, $3.1 million were recorded in Net
Impairment Losses on Securities and calculated in accordance
with the new FASB OTTI guidance and $0.2 million were
recognized in Other (income) expense, net in the first
quarter of 2009 as determined under the prior OTTI guidance. The
Company assesses its marketable securities for
other-than-temporary
declines in value in accordance with the new model provided
under the FASBs amended guidance, which was adopted in the
second quarter of 2009. The Company has disclosed in the
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates portion of
Managements Discussion and Analysis its policy regarding
the factors it considers and significant judgments made in
applying the new guidance. Of the $3.1 million total above,
approximately $1.2 million were related to Lehman Brothers
debt securities credit losses and $1.4 million represent
credit losses recognized for one of the Companys municipal
auction rate securities. It should be noted that all of the 2009
charges related to Lehman Brothers and $0.7 million of the
2009 charge related to the municipal auction rate security are
recycled charges that were recognized in 2008 and partially
reversed through Retained earnings on April 1, 2009
in the transition adjustment required under the amended FASB
OTTI guidance. The majority, but not all, of the OTTI charges in
2009 were related to assets deemed Level 3 in the fair
value hierarchy and are included in the Level 3 disclosures
provided in Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, at
December 31, 2009, the Company recognized a cumulative,
pre-tax valuation allowance of $0.9 million included in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position, representing a temporary
impairment of the overall portfolio. The pre-tax valuation
allowance consists of gross unrealized losses of
$4.4 million, primarily related to certain asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities and auction rate securities, offset
partially by $3.5 million of gross unrealized holding gains
related to various types of securities.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company
recognized $7.9 million in net losses on its marketable
securities, including $7.3 million for
other-than-temporary
impairment of debt securities held by the Company on
December 31, 2008, under the OTTI accounting guidance
effective at that time. In 2008 there were several significant
market events, including the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers
Holdings and the failed auctions of many of the Companys
auction rate securities. In 2008, Lexmark transferred its Lehman
Brothers corporate debt securities into the Level 3
category of the fair value hierarchy, and subsequently took a
charge of $4.4 million based on the estimated fair value of
the investments determined from indicative pricing sources.
Additionally in 2008, the Company recognized a $1.9 million
charge for
other-than-temporary
impairment in connection with its auction rate fixed income
securities; the fair value of which was determined using an
internal discount cash flow valuation model discussed later in
this section. The Company also incurred another
$1.0 million of charges related to
other-than-temporary
impairments of certain distressed corporate debt,
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The
$7.3 million in total losses were recognized in Other
(income) expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of
Earnings and included in the Companys Level 3
rollforward table in Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, at
December 31, 2008, the Company recognized a cumulative,
pre-tax valuation allowance of $1.7 million included in
Accumulated
54
other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Statements
of Financial Position, representing a temporary impairment of
the overall portfolio. The pre-tax valuation allowance consists
of gross unrealized losses of $8.2 million, primarily
related to asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities and
corporate debt securities, offset partially by $6.5 million
of gross unrealized holding gains related mostly to US
government and agency securities.
Specifically regarding the Companys auction rate
securities, as discussed in the preceding paragraph, Lexmark has
recognized OTTI on only one security due to credit events
involving the issuer and the insurer. Because of the
Companys liquidity position, it is not more likely than
not that the Company will be required to sell the auction rate
securities until liquidity in the market or optional issuer
redemption occurs. The Company could also hold the securities to
maturity if it chooses. Additionally, if Lexmark required
capital, the Company has available liquidity through its
accounts receivable program and revolving credit facility (new
agreement in third quarter of 2009). Given these circumstances,
the Company would only have to recognize OTTI on its auction
rate securities if the present value of the expected cash flows
is less than the amortized cost of the individual security.
Since reclassifying to noncurrent assets the securities that did
not auction successfully at the end of the first quarter 2008,
approximately $41 million of auction rate fixed income
securities have been either sold or redeemed at par. There have
been no realized losses from the sale or redemption of auction
rate securities.
Fair value
measurement of marketable securities
Recent events have led to an increased focus on fair value
accounting, including the practices companies utilize to value
financial instruments. The Company uses multiple third parties
to provide the fair values of the marketable securities in which
Lexmark is invested, though the valuation of its investments is
the responsibility of the Company. The Company has performed a
reasonable level of due diligence in the way of documenting the
pricing methodologies used by the third parties as well as a
limited amount of sampling and testing of the valuations. Most
of the Companys securities are valued using a consensus
price method, whereby prices from a variety of industry data
providers (multiple quotes) are input into a distribution-curve
based algorithm to determine daily market values. At
December 31, 2009, pricing inputs for securities were
provided and compared to the overall valuation for
reasonableness. The Company then took a closer look at the
number of pricing inputs received for each security as well as
the variability in the pricing data utilized in the overall
valuation of each security. For securities in which the number
of pricing inputs used was less than expected or there was
significant variability in the pricing inputs, the Company
tested that the final consensus price was within a reasonable
range of fair value through corroboration with other sources of
price data. In limited instances, the Company has adjusted the
fair values provided by a third party service provider in order
to better reflect the risk adjustments that market participants
would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks.
Level 3 fair value measurements are based on inputs that
are unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.
Level 3 recurring fair value measurements at
December 31, 2009 included auction rate securities for
which recent auctions were unsuccessful, valued at
$22.0 million, as well as certain distressed debt
securities and other asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
valued at $3.4 million. The auction rate securities were
made up of student loan revenue bonds valued at
$13.7 million, municipal sewer and airport revenue bonds
valued at $4.9 million, and auction preferred stock valued
at $3.4 million at year end 2009. Level 3 fair value
measurements at December 31, 2008 included auction rate
securities for which recent auctions were unsuccessful, valued
at $24.7 million, certain distressed debt instruments
valued at $0.8 million, and other thinly traded corporate
debt securities and mortgage-backed securities valued at
$0.6 million. The auction rate securities were made up of
student loan revenue bonds valued at $14.6 million,
municipal sewer and airport revenue bonds valued at
$6.2 million, and auction rate preferred stock valued at
$3.9 million. Level 3 recurring fair value
measurements were approximately 4% of the Companys total
available-for-sale
marketable securities portfolio at both December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2008. The valuation techniques for the
Companys most significant Level 3 fair value
measurements are discussed in the paragraphs to follow.
55
For year-end 2009, the Companys auction rate securities
for which recent auctions were unsuccessful were valued using a
more refined discounted cash flow model that places greater
emphasis on the characteristics of the individual securities,
which the Company believes yields a better estimate of fair
value. The first step in the valuation included a credit
analysis of the security which considered various factors
including the credit quality of the issuer (and insurer if
applicable), the instruments position within the capital
structure of the issuing authority, and the composition of the
authoritys assets including the effect of insurance
and/or
government guarantees. Next, the future cash flows of the
instruments were projected based on certain assumptions
significant to the valuation including (1) the auction rate
market will remain illiquid and auctions will continue to fail
causing the interest rate to be the maximum applicable rate and
(2) the securities will not be redeemed. These assumptions
resulted in discounted cash flow analysis being performed
through the legal maturities of these securities, ranging from
the year 2032 through 2040, or in the case of the auction rate
preferred stock, through the mandatory redemption date of
year-end 2021. The projected cash flows were then discounted
using the applicable yield curve, such as AAA or AA US Muni
Education Revenue curve for student loan auction rate
securities, plus a 250 basis point liquidity premium added
to the applicable discount rate of all but one auction rate
security. For this instrument, developments in the fourth
quarter of 2009 raised serious concern regarding the
insurers ability to honor its contract. Given the
distressed financial conditions of both the issuer as well as
the insurer, the fair value of the municipal bond was primarily
based on the expected recoveries that holders could realize from
bankruptcy proceedings after a likely work out period of two
years. A small number of comparable trades were also considered
in the valuation of this instrument which supported the discount
rate applied. Overall, the auction rate security portfolio
balance decreased $2.7 million during 2009 and was largely
due to the $0.7 million decrease in the fair value of this
security as well as higher liquidity premiums and longer
economic maturities based on the Companies assumptions regarding
the auction rate market compared to those of 2008. For
comparison purposes, a summary of the year-end 2008 valuation
techniques and assumptions used to measure auction rate
securities is provided in the following paragraph.
The Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis on its
auction rate securities at year-end 2008, using current coupon
rates, a first quarter 2010 redemption date and a 50 basis
point liquidity premium factored into the discount rate. The
result was a downward YTD mark to market adjustment of
$2.5 million in 2008, of which $1.9 million was
recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as other
than temporarily impaired due to credit events related to the
municipal auction rate security discussed in detail above. The
remaining $0.6 million was recognized in Accumulated
other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position representing the mark to market adjustment on
all other auction rate securities.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding fair value measurements, including the techniques used
to value the Companys remaining Level 3 securities
not discussed above. Refer to Part II, Item 8,
Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for additional information regarding marketable securities.
In addition to investments in marketable securities, the Company
also invested $242.0 million, $217.7 million and
$182.7 million into Property, plant and equipment
for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. Further
discussion regarding 2009 capital expenditures as well as
anticipated spending for 2010 are provided near the end of
Item 7.
Other notable investing cash flows for 2009 included the
acquisition of a wholesale company for $10.1 million, net
of cash acquired. The wholesaler was purchased for its current
customer base and established presence in Eastern Europe. The
acquisition was not a significant business combination. Refer to
Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Proceeds from sale of facilities includes
$4.6 million received from the sale of the Companys
inkjet supplies assembly plant located in Juarez, Mexico in 2008
as well as $8.1 million received from the sale of the
Scotland facility that occurred in 2007, both of which were part
of the Companys restructuring actions.
56
Financing
activities
The fluctuations in the net cash flows provided by (used for)
financing activities were principally due to the Companys
share repurchases and debt activity. In 2009, cash flows
provided by financing activities were $3.8 million due
mainly to the increase in bank overdrafts of $9.9 million
included in Other offset partially by $6.6 million
repayment of foreign currency short-term debt. In 2008, cash
flows used for financing activities were $48.1 million
driven by share repurchases of $554.5 million and the
repayment of $150.0 million of maturing debt, offset
partially by $644.5 million of net proceeds from the
issuance of new long-term debt. In 2007, cash flows used for
financing were $147.0 million due mostly to
$165.0 million of share repurchases offset partially by
proceeds from employee stock plans of $15.6 million. Refer
to the sections that follow for additional information regarding
these financing activities.
Share
Repurchases
In May 2008, the Company received authorization from the Board
of Directors to repurchase an additional $750 million of
its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority
of $4.65 billion. As of December 31, 2009, there was
approximately $0.5 billion of share repurchase authority
remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at
managements discretion, to selectively repurchase its
stock from time to time in the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other
factors. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its
Class A Common Stock in 2009 due to the decline in cash
flow from operations as well as the increase in capital
spending. During 2008, the Company repurchased approximately
17.5 million shares at a cost of approximately
$0.6 billion, including two accelerated share repurchase
agreements discussed below. As of December 31, 2009, since
the inception of the program in April 1996, the Company had
repurchased approximately 91.6 million shares for an
aggregate cost of approximately $4.2 billion. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had reissued approximately
0.5 million shares of previously repurchased shares in
connection with certain of its employee benefit programs. As a
result of these issuances as well as the retirement of
44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million
shares of treasury stock in 2005, 2006 and 2008, respectively,
the net treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2009,
were 15.1 million.
Accelerated Share
Repurchase Agreements
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements
(ASR) with financial institution counterparties in
2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares
repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and
fourth quarter of 2008. The impact of the two ASRs is included
in the share repurchase totals provided in the preceding
paragraphs. The settlement provisions of both ASRs were
essentially forward contracts, and were accounted for under the
provisions of guidance on accounting as equity instruments for
derivative financial instruments indexed to, and potentially
settled in, a companys own stock. The details of each ASR
are provided in the following paragraphs.
On August 28, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated
share repurchase agreement with a financial institution
counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid
$150.0 million targeting 4.1 million shares based on
an initial price of $36.90. On September 3, 2008, the
Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.5 million
shares at a cost of $127.5 million. The final number of
shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was
dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average
price of the Companys common stock over the
agreements trading period, a discount, and the initial
number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the
Company would either receive additional shares from the
counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash
to the counterparty to which the Company controlled its election
to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty.
On October 21, 2008, the counterparty delivered
1.2 million shares in final settlement of the agreement,
bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to
4.7 million at a total cost of $150.0 million at an
average price per share of $31.91.
On October 21, 2008, the Company entered into an
accelerated share repurchase agreement with another financial
institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the
Company paid $100.0 million targeting
57
3.9 million shares based on an initial price of $25.71. On
October 24, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the
shares, or 3.3 million shares at a cost of
$85.0 million. The final number of shares to be delivered
by the counterparty under the ASR was dependent on the average
of the daily volume weighted average price of the Companys
common stock over the agreements trading period, a
discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the
terms of the ASR, the Company would either receive additional
shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver
additional shares or cash to the counterparty to which the
Company controlled its election to either deliver additional
shares or cash to the counterparty. On December 26, 2008,
the counterparty delivered 0.7 million shares in final
settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares
repurchased under the ASR to 4.0 million at a total cost of
$100.0 million at an average price per share of $25.22.
Retirement of
Treasury Shares
In December 2005, October 2006 and October 2008, the Company
received authorization from the Board of Directors to retire
44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million
shares, respectively, of the Companys Class A Common
Stock held in the Companys treasury as treasury stock. The
retired shares resumed the status of authorized but unissued
shares of Class A Common Stock. Refer to the Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive
Earnings for the effects on Common stock, Capital in
excess of par, Retained earnings and Treasury
stock from the retirement of 16.0 million shares of
Class A Common Stock in 2008.
Senior
Notes Long-term Debt
In May 2008, the Company repaid its $150 million principal
amount of 6.75% senior notes that were due on May 15,
2008. Additionally, in May 2008, the Company completed a public
debt offering of $650 million aggregate principal amount of
fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes are split into two
tranches of five- and ten-year notes respectively. The five-year
notes with an aggregate principal amount of $350 million
and 5.9% coupon were priced at 99.83% to have an effective yield
to maturity of 5.939% and will mature June 1, 2013
(referred to as the 2013 senior notes). The ten-year
notes with an aggregate principal amount of $300 million
and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective
yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018
(referred to as the 2018 senior notes). At
December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance was
$648.9 million (net of unamortized discount of
$1.1 million). At December 31, 2008, the outstanding
balance was $648.7 million (net of unamortized discount of
$1.3 million).
The 2013 and 2018 senior notes (collectively referred to as the
senior notes) pay interest on June 1 and December 1
of each year. The interest rate payable on the notes of each
series is subject to adjustments from time to time if either
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poors
Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the
notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently
upgrades the ratings.
The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale
leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are
no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be
redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a
redemption price as described in the related indenture
agreement, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If
a change of control triggering event as defined
below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to
repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal
to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. A
change of control triggering event is defined as the
occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the
debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment
grade.
Net proceeds from the senior notes have been used for general
corporate purposes, such as to fund share repurchases, finance
capital expenditures and operating expenses and invest in
subsidiaries.
58
Additional
Sources of Liquidity
Credit
Facility
Effective August 17, 2009, Lexmark entered into a new
$275 million
3-year
senior, unsecured, multi-currency revolving credit facility with
a group of banks. Under this new credit facility (the New
Facility), the Company may borrow in U.S. dollars,
euros, British pounds sterling and Japanese yen. On
August 26, 2009, the Company entered into two commitment
agreements that increased the available credit under the New
Facility to $300 million which was the same amount
available under the prior facility that was terminated by the
new agreement. The New Facility includes commitments from nine
financial institutions ranging from $15 million to
$60 million. Proceeds of the loans may be used to repay
existing indebtedness, finance working capital needs, and for
general corporate purposes of the Company.
The New Facility contains usual and customary default
provisions, leverage and interest coverage restrictions and
certain restrictions on, among other things, the Companys
indebtedness, disposition of assets, liens and mergers and
acquisitions. The minimum interest coverage ratio and maximum
leverage ratio financial covenants are substantially the same as
those that existed under the prior facility. The ratios are
calculated in accordance with the New Facility and may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures used by other
registrants. The Company is not aware at this time of a likely
breach or any known trends that would affect future compliance.
At December 31, 2009, the Company was comfortably in
compliance with respect to these financial covenant ratios.
The New Facility also includes collateral terms providing that
in the event the Companys credit ratings decrease to
certain levels (Moodys Ba2 or lower, S&P BB or lower)
the Company will be required to secure on behalf of the lenders
first priority security interests in the Companys owned
U.S. assets. These collateral arrangements will be released
upon the Company achieving certain improvements in its credit
ratings (Moodys Baa3 or higher, S&P BBB- or higher).
Interest on all borrowings under the New Facility depends upon
the type of loan, namely alternative base rate borrowings,
swingline loans or eurocurrency borrowings. Alternative base
rate borrowings bear interest at the greater of the prime rate,
the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent, or the
adjusted LIBO rate (as defined in the New Facility) plus one
percent. Swingline loans (limited to $50 million) bear
interest at an agreed upon rate at the time of the borrowing.
Eurocurrency loans bear interest at the sum of (i) a LIBOR
for the applicable currency and interest period and
(ii) the credit default swap spread as defined in the New
Facility subject to a floor of 2.5% and a cap of 4.5%. In
addition, Lexmark is required to pay a commitment fee on the
unused portion of the New Facility of 0.40% to 0.75% based upon
the Companys debt ratings. The interest and commitment
fees are payable at least quarterly.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts
outstanding under the credit facilities.
Additional information related to the 2009 credit agreement can
be found in the
Form 8-K
and
Form 8-K/A
reports that were filed with the SEC by the Company in August
2009.
Trade Receivables
Facility
In the U.S., the Company transfers a majority of its receivables
to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation
(LRC), which then may transfer the receivables on a
limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The
financial results of LRC are included in the Companys
consolidated financial results since it is a wholly owned
subsidiary. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate
creditors who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be
satisfied out of LRCs assets prior to any value in LRC
becoming available for equity claims of the Company. The Company
accounts for transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated
third party as a secured borrowing with the pledge of its
receivables as collateral since LRC can repurchase receivables
previously transferred to the unrelated third party.
In October 2008, commitments to the facility were renewed by one
of the two banks, resulting in a decrease in the maximum capital
availability from $200 million to $100 million. In
October 2009, the term of facility
59
was extended to October 1, 2010. There were no secured
borrowings outstanding under the trade receivables facility at
December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.
This facility contains customary affirmative and negative
covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality
of the accounts receivables transferred. As collections reduce
previously transferred receivables, the Company may replenish
these with new receivables. Lexmark bears a limited risk of bad
debt losses on the trade receivables transferred, since the
Company over-collateralizes the receivables transferred with
additional eligible receivables. Lexmark addresses this risk of
loss in its allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables
transferred to the unrelated third-party may not include amounts
over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits
with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash
control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely
affect the Companys liquidity
and/or its
ability to obtain secured borrowings. A downgrade in the
Companys credit rating would reduce the amount of secured
borrowings available under the facility.
Other
Information
The Companys credit rating was downgraded by
Standard & Poors Ratings Services during the
first quarter of 2009 from BBB to BBB-. On April 28, 2009,
Moodys Investors Services downgraded the Companys
current credit rating from Baa2 to Baa3. Because the ratings
remain investment grade, there were no material changes to the
borrowing capacity or cost of borrowing under the facilities
that existed at that time, nor were there any adverse changes to
the coupon payments on the Companys public debt. The
Company does not have any rating downgrade triggers that
accelerate the maturity dates of its revolving credit facility
or public debt.
The Companys credit rating can be influenced by a number
of factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for
the Companys printers and associated supplies and ability
to generate sufficient cash flow to service the Companys
debt. A downgrade in the Companys credit rating to
non-investment grade would decrease the maximum availability
under its trade receivables facility, increase the cost of
borrowing under the revolving credit facility and the coupon
payments on the Companys public debt, potentially trigger
collateral requirements under the new revolving credit facility
described above, and likely have an adverse effect on the
Companys ability to obtain access to new financings in the
future.
The Company is in compliance with all covenants and other
requirements set forth in its debt agreements.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any
off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual Cash
Obligations
The following table summarizes the Companys contractual
obligations at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
1-3
|
|
3-5
|
|
More than
|
(Dollars in Millions)
|
|
Total
|
|
1 Year
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Long-term debt
(1)
|
|
$
|
892
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
400
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
(2)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations
|
|
$
|
1,228
|
|
|
$
|
254
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
419
|
|
|
$
|
387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
includes interest payments
|
|
(2)
|
|
includes current portion of other
long-term liabilities
|
60
Long-term debt reported in the table above includes
principal repayments of $350 million and $300 million
in the 3-5 Years and More than 5 Years
columns, respectively. All other amounts represent interest
payments.
Purchase obligations reported in the table above include
agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable
and legally binding on the Company and that specify all
significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be
purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the
approximate timing of the transaction.
In connection with the Companys restructuring programs,
the total liability balance at December 31, 2009 was
$72 million, including $44 million that is included in
Accrued liabilities and is expected to be paid in the
next twelve months and $28 million that is included in
Other liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position. The $72 million total is included in
Other long-term liabilities in the table above, with
short-term and long-term amounts reported separately in the
Less than 1 Year and 1-3 Years columns,
respectively. These payments will relate mainly to employee
termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges.
The Companys funding policy for its pension and other
postretirement plans is to fund minimum amounts according to the
regulatory requirements under which the plans operate. From time
to time, the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the
minimum for various reasons. The Company is currently expecting
to contribute approximately $20 million to its pension and
other postretirement plans in 2010. The Company is currently
assuming expected funding obligations for 2011 and 2012 of
$30 million to $35 million per year based on factors
that were present as of December 31, 2009. Actual future
funding requirements beyond 2010 will be impacted by various
factors, including actual pension asset returns and interest
rates used for discounting future liabilities. The effect of any
future contributions the Company may be obligated or otherwise
choose to make could be material to the Companys future
cash flows from operations. Due to the uncertainty of future
funding obligations, the table above contains no amounts for
pension and postretirement plan funding.
The Companys financial obligation to collect, recycle,
treat and dispose of the printing devices it produces, and in
some instances, historical waste equipment it holds, is not
shown in the table above due to the lack of historical data
necessary to project future dates of payment. At
December 31, 2009, the Companys estimated liability
for this obligation was a current liability of $1 million
and a long-term liability of $35 million. These amounts
were included in Accrued liabilities and Other
liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position. Refer to the Risk Factors
section in Part I, Item 1A of this report for
additional information regarding the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment Directive adopted by the European Union.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had accrued
approximately $70 million for pending copyright fee issues,
including litigation proceedings, local legislative initiatives
and/or
negotiations with the parties involved. These accruals are
included in Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position. The liability is not included
in the table above due to the level of uncertainty regarding the
timing of payments and ultimate settlement of the litigation.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 17 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Payment of such potential obligations could have a material
impact on the Companys future operating cash flows.
CAPITAL
EXPENDITURES
Capital expenditures totaled $242 million,
$218 million and $183 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. The capital expenditures for 2009 principally
related to infrastructure support (including information
technology expenditures) and new product development. The
increase in 2009 capital expenditures compared to prior years
was driven by internal-use software and infrastructure
expenditures. During 2010, the Company expects capital
expenditures to be approximately $185 million, primarily
attributable to infrastructure support and new product
development. Capital expenditures are expected to be funded
through cash from operations; however, if necessary, the
61
Company may use existing cash, cash equivalents, and proceeds
from sales of marketable securities or additional sources of
liquidity as discussed above.
EFFECT OF
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES AND EXCHANGE RATE RISK
MANAGEMENT
Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from
the U.S., accounts for approximately 57% of the Companys
consolidated revenue, with Europe accounting for approximately
two-thirds of international sales. Substantially all foreign
subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in their local
currencies. Consequently,
period-to-period
comparability of results of operations is affected by
fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Certain of the
Companys Latin American and European entities use the
U.S. dollar as their functional currency.
Currency exchange rates had an unfavorable impact on
international revenue in 2009 when compared to 2008. Currency
exchange rates had a favorable impact on international revenue
in 2008 and 2007 when compared with 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company may act to mitigate the effects of exchange rate
fluctuations through the use of operational hedges, such as
pricing actions and product sourcing decisions.
The Companys exposure to exchange rate fluctuations
generally cannot be minimized solely through the use of
operational hedges. Therefore, the Company utilizes financial
instruments, from time to time, such as forward exchange
contracts to reduce the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on
certain assets and liabilities, which arise from transactions
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency.
The Company does not purchase currency-related financial
instruments for purposes other than exchange rate risk
management.
RECENT ACCOUNTING
PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent
accounting pronouncements which is incorporated herein by
reference. In addition, refer to Critical Accounting Policies
and Estimates in Part II, Item 7, for a description of
the Companys implementation of accounting guidance issued
in 2009 related to fair value measurement and impairment of
marketable debt securities. There are no known material changes
and trends nor any recognized future impact of new accounting
guidance beyond the disclosures provided in these two sections.
INFLATION
The Company is subject to the effects of changing prices and
operates in an industry where product prices are very
competitive and subject to downward price pressures. As a
result, future increases in production costs or raw material
prices could have an adverse effect on the Companys
business. In an effort to minimize the impact on earnings of any
such increases, the Company must continually manage its product
costs and manufacturing processes. Additionally, monetary assets
such as cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities lose
purchasing power during inflationary periods and thus, the
Companys cash and marketable securities balances could be
more susceptible to the effects of increasing inflation.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
MARKET RISK
SENSITIVITY
The market risk inherent in the Companys financial
instruments and positions represents the potential loss arising
from adverse changes in interest rates and foreign currency
exchange rates.
Interest
Rates
At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the Companys
senior notes was estimated at $666.5 million using quoted
market prices obtained from an independent broker. The fair
value of the senior notes exceeded the carrying value as
recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at
December 31, 2009 by approximately $17.6 million.
Market risk is estimated as the potential change in fair value
resulting from
62
a hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates and amounts
to approximately $17.5 million at December 31, 2009.
At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the Companys
senior notes was estimated at $505 million using quoted
market prices obtained from an independent broker. The carrying
value as recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position at December 31, 2008 exceeded the fair value of
the senior notes by approximately $143.7 million. Market
risk is estimated as the potential change in fair value
resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest
rates and amounted to approximately $26.9 million at
December 31, 2008.
See the section titled LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
RESOURCES Investing Activities: in
Item 7 of this report for a discussion of the
Companys auction rate securities portfolio which is
incorporated herein by reference.
Foreign Currency
Exchange Rates
The Company has employed, from time to time, a foreign currency
hedging strategy to limit potential losses in earnings or cash
flows from adverse foreign currency exchange rate movements.
Foreign currency exposures arise from transactions denominated
in a currency other than the Companys functional currency
and from foreign denominated revenue and profit translated into
U.S. dollars. The primary currencies to which the Company
is exposed include the Euro, the Mexican peso, the British
pound, the Philippine peso, the Canadian dollar as well as other
currencies. The potential gain in fair value at
December 31, 2009 for such contracts resulting from a
hypothetical 10% adverse change in all foreign currency exchange
rates is approximately $1.5 million. This gain would be
mitigated by corresponding losses on the underlying exposures.
The potential gain in fair value at December 31, 2008 for
such contracts resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change
in all foreign currency exchange rates was approximately
$6.7 million. This gain would have been mitigated by
corresponding losses on the underlying exposures.
63
|
|
Item 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
Lexmark
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
|
2,570.1
|
|
|
|
|
2,993.8
|
|
|
|
|
3,410.3
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
1,309.8
|
|
|
|
|
1,534.6
|
|
|
|
|
1,563.6
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
375.3
|
|
|
|
|
423.3
|
|
|
|
|
403.8
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
|
647.8
|
|
|
|
|
807.3
|
|
|
|
|
812.8
|
|
Restructuring and related charges
|
|
|
|
70.6
|
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
Operating expense
|
|
|
|
1,093.7
|
|
|
|
|
1,257.4
|
|
|
|
|
1,242.3
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
|
216.1
|
|
|
|
|
277.2
|
|
|
|
|
321.3
|
|
Interest (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
(21.2
|
)
|
Other (income) expense, net
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
Net impairment losses on securities
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
|
|
187.0
|
|
|
|
|
275.9
|
|
|
|
|
349.5
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
41.1
|
|
|
|
|
35.7
|
|
|
|
|
48.7
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
$
|
145.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
240.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
$
|
1.87
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.70
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.69
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.14
|
|
Shares used in per share calculation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
78.2
|
|
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
|
|
|
95.3
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
64
Lexmark
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008
(In Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
459.3
|
|
|
$
|
279.2
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
673.2
|
|
|
|
694.1
|
|
Trade receivables, net of allowances of $33.7 and $36.1 in 2009
and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
424.9
|
|
|
|
427.3
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
357.3
|
|
|
|
438.3
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
226.0
|
|
|
|
223.8
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
2,140.7
|
|
|
|
2,062.7
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
914.9
|
|
|
|
863.2
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
276.6
|
|
|
|
314.8
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,354.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,265.4
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short term debt
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
510.1
|
|
|
|
557.1
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
681.7
|
|
|
|
694.9
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
1,191.8
|
|
|
|
1,257.5
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
648.9
|
|
|
|
648.7
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
499.9
|
|
|
|
547.1
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
2,340.6
|
|
|
|
2,453.3
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1.6 shares
authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, 900.0 shares authorized; 78.1 and 77.7
outstanding in 2009 and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Class B, 10.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in excess of par
|
|
|
820.0
|
|
|
|
803.5
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
839.8
|
|
|
|
692.5
|
|
Treasury stock, net; at cost; 15.1 shares in 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
(404.5
|
)
|
|
|
(404.5
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(242.6
|
)
|
|
|
(280.3
|
)
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
1,013.6
|
|
|
|
812.1
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,354.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,265.4
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
65
Lexmark
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(In Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
145.9
|
|
|
$
|
240.2
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
213.7
|
|
|
|
204.9
|
|
|
|
192.3
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
(31.0
|
)
|
|
|
(31.0
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
32.7
|
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
Tax shortfall from employee stock plans
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Foreign exchange gain upon Scotland liquidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
Gain on sale of facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
399.9
|
|
|
|
449.1
|
|
|
|
482.0
|
|
Change in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
150.5
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
81.2
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(47.8
|
)
|
|
|
(80.1
|
)
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)
|
|
|
(39.7
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(17.4
|
)
|
|
|
(23.8
|
)
|
|
|
54.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
|
|
|
402.2
|
|
|
|
482.1
|
|
|
|
564.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(242.0
|
)
|
|
|
(217.7
|
)
|
|
|
(182.7
|
)
|
Purchases of marketable securities
|
|
|
(870.5
|
)
|
|
|
(744.4
|
)
|
|
|
(968.2
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales/maturities of marketable securities
|
|
|
894.7
|
|
|
|
533.8
|
|
|
|
855.3
|
|
Purchases of companies net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows used for investing activities
|
|
|
(228.2
|
)
|
|
|
(427.6
|
)
|
|
|
(287.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of current portion of long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(150.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance cost
of $4.1 in 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
644.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in short-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in short-term debt
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Issuance of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Purchase of treasury stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(554.5
|
)
|
|
|
(165.0
|
)
|
Proceeds from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Tax windfall from employee stock plans
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash flows provided by (used for) financing activities
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
(48.1
|
)
|
|
|
(147.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
180.1
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
132.4
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of period
|
|
|
279.2
|
|
|
|
277.0
|
|
|
|
144.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of period
|
|
$
|
459.3
|
|
|
$
|
279.2
|
|
|
$
|
277.0
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
66
Lexmark
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(In Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
and B
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Excess
|
|
Retained
|
|
Treasury
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
of Par
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Stock
|
|
(Loss)
|
|
Equity
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
97.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
827.3
|
|
|
$
|
627.5
|
|
|
$
|
(289.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(130.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,035.2
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300.8
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustment, net of reclassification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340.1
|
|
Adoption of new guidance Uncertainty in income
taxes(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Shares issued upon exercise of options
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
Treasury shares purchased
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(165.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(165.0
|
)
|
Treasury shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
94.7
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
887.8
|
|
|
|
935.7
|
|
|
|
(454.7
|
)
|
|
|
(91.6
|
)
|
|
|
1,278.3
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240.2
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(188.7
|
)
|
|
|
(188.7
|
)
|
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51.5
|
|
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued upon exercise of options
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32.7
|
|
Treasury shares purchased
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(554.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(554.5
|
)
|
Treasury shares issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares retired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(121.1
|
)
|
|
|
(483.4
|
)
|
|
|
604.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
77.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
803.5
|
|
|
|
692.5
|
|
|
|
(404.5
|
)
|
|
|
(280.3
|
)
|
|
|
812.1
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145.9
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on OTTI mark sec, net of reclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of
reclass
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.4
|
|
|
|
39.4
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185.3
|
|
Adoption of new accounting guidance
OTTI(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
78.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
820.0
|
|
|
$
|
839.8
|
|
|
$
|
(404.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(242.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,013.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Adjustment to retained earnings
related to the adoption of accounting guidance regarding
uncertainty in income taxes was $7.340 million
|
|
(2)
|
|
Cumulative effect adjustment
related to the adoption of accounting guidance regarding
recognition and presentation of
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
Lexmark
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)
|
|
1.
|
ORGANIZATION AND
BUSINESS
|
Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark International, Inc.
(Lexmark or the Company) has become a
leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of distributed
printing and imaging solutions. The Companys products
include laser printers, inkjet printers, multifunction devices,
and associated supplies, services and solutions. Lexmark also
sells dot matrix printers for printing single and multi-part
forms by business users. The customers for Lexmarks
products are large enterprises, small and medium businesses and
small offices home offices (SOHOs) worldwide. The
Companys products are principally sold through resellers,
retailers and distributors in more than 150 countries in North
and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, the
Pacific Rim and the Caribbean.
|
|
2.
|
SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Principles of
Consolidation:
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of
Estimates:
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (U.S.) requires management
to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts
of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as
disclosures regarding contingencies. On an ongoing basis, the
Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to
customer programs and incentives, product returns, doubtful
accounts, inventories, stock-based compensation, intangible
assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, copyright fees,
restructurings, pension and other postretirement benefits,
contingencies and litigation, and fair values that are based on
unobservable inputs significant to the overall measurement.
Lexmark bases its estimates on historical experience, market
conditions, and various other assumptions that are believed to
be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions.
Foreign Currency
Translation:
Assets and liabilities of
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that operate in a local currency environment are translated into
U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and
expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates
prevailing during the period. Adjustments arising from the
translation of assets and liabilities, changes in
stockholders equity and results of operations are
accumulated as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive earnings (loss) in stockholders equity.
Cash
Equivalents:
All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three
months or less at the Companys date of purchase are
considered to be cash equivalents.
Fair
Value:
The Company defines fair value as the price that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. In measuring fair value, the Company uses a
hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques that maximizes the
use of
68
observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs
by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when
available.
The Company generally uses a market approach, when practicable,
in valuing financial instruments. In certain instances, when
observable market data is lacking, the Company uses valuation
techniques consistent with the income approach whereby future
cash flows are converted to a single discounted amount. The fair
value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade
payables and short-term debt approximates their carrying values
due to the relatively short-term nature of the instruments. The
fair value of Lexmarks marketable securities are based on
quoted market prices or other observable market data or in some
cases, internally developed inputs and assumptions (discounted
cash flow model) when observable market data does not exist.
The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on the
prices the bonds have recently traded in the market as well as
prices of debt with similar characteristics issued by other
companies. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is
based on pricing models or formulas using current market data,
or where applicable, quoted market prices.
Starting in 2009, in response to newly issued fair value
accounting guidance, the Company implemented more comprehensive
procedures to review the number of pricing inputs received as
well as the variability in the pricing data utilized in the
overall valuation of its marketable securities. For securities
in which the number of pricing inputs is less than expected or
there is significant variability in the pricing inputs, the
Company tests that the price is within a reasonable range of
fair value through corroboration with other sources of market
data. Refer to Recent Accounting Pronouncements within
this footnote for information regarding the fair value guidance
issued and effective in 2009.
In determining where measurements lie in the fair value
hierarchy, the Company uses default assumptions regarding the
general characteristics of each type of security as the starting
point. The Company then downgrades individual securities to a
lower level as necessary based on specific facts and
circumstances.
The Company also applies the fair value framework to
nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements, beginning in
2009 in accordance with the accounting guidance. These
measurements include such items as impairment of held and used
fixed assets, long-lived assets held for sale, and goodwill
impairment testing. The valuation approach(es) selected for each
of these measurements depends upon the specific facts and
circumstances.
Marketable
Securities:
Based on the Companys expected holding period, Lexmark has
classified all of its marketable securities as
available-for-sale
and the majority of these investments are reported in the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as current assets.
The Companys
available-for-sale
auction rate securities have been classified as noncurrent
assets since the expected holding period is assumed to be
greater than one year due to failed market auctions of these
securities. Realized gains or losses are derived using the
specific identification method for determining the cost of the
securities.
The Company records its investments in marketable securities at
fair value through accumulated other comprehensive earnings
using the valuation practices discussed in the previous fair
value section. Once these investments have been marked to
market, the Company must assess whether or not its individual
unrealized loss positions contain
other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI). Based on new accounting guidance
issued and effective in 2009, the Company recognizes OTTI in
earnings for the entire unrealized loss position if the entity
intends to sell or it is more likely than not the entity will be
required to sell the debt security before its anticipated
recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company does not
expect to sell the debt security, but the present value of cash
flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost
basis, a credit loss is deemed to exist and OTTI is recognized
in earnings.
69
In determining whether it is more likely than not that the
Company will be required to sell impaired securities before
recovery of net book or carrying values, the Company considers
various factors that include:
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys current cash flow projections,
|
|
|
|
Other sources of funds available to the Company such as
borrowing lines,
|
|
|
|
The value of the security relative to the Companys overall
cash position,
|
|
|
|
The length of time remaining until the security matures, and
|
|
|
|
The potential that the security will need to be sold to raise
capital.
|
If the Company determines that it does not intend to sell the
security and it is not more likely than not that the Company
will be required to sell the security, the Company assesses
whether it expects to recover the net book or carrying value of
the security. The Company makes this assessment based on
quantitative and qualitative factors of impaired securities that
include a time period analysis on unrealized loss to net book
value ratio; severity analysis on unrealized loss to net book
value ratio; credit analysis of the securitys issuer based
on rating downgrades; and other qualitative factors that may
include some or all of the following criteria:
|
|
|
|
|
The regulatory and economic environment.
|
|
|
|
The sector, industry and geography in which the issuer operates.
|
|
|
|
Forecasts about the issuers financial performance and
near-term prospects, such as earnings trends and analysts
or industry specialists forecasts.
|
|
|
|
Failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal
payments.
|
|
|
|
Material recoveries or declines in fair value subsequent to the
balance sheet date.
|
Securities that are identified through the analysis using the
quantitative and qualitative factors described above are then
assessed to determine whether the entire net book value basis of
each identified security will be recovered. The Company performs
this assessment by comparing the present value of the cash flows
expected to be collected from the security with its net book
value. If the present value of cash flows expected to be
collected is less than the net book value basis of the security,
then a credit loss is deemed to exist and an
other-than-temporary
impairment is considered to have occurred. There are numerous
factors to be considered when estimating whether a credit loss
exists and the period over which the debt security is expected
to recover, some of which have been highlighted in the preceding
paragraph.
Refer to Note 3, Fair Value, and Note 6, Marketable
Securities, for further discussion on the Companys auction
rate securities as well as
other-than-temporary
impairment.
Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts:
Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated
losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make
required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for
doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the
length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of
its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical
experience. If the financial condition of its customers
deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an
impairment of customers ability to make payments, the
Company records additional allowances as needed.
Inventories:
Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market,
using standard cost which approximates the average cost method
of valuing its inventories and related cost of goods sold. The
Company considers all raw materials to be in production upon
their receipt.
70
Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or
unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost
of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company
estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or
unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product
demand requirements, product life cycle, product pricing and
quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase
commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are
lower than committed costs.
Property, Plant
and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated
over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line
method. The Company capitalizes interest related to the
construction of certain fixed assets if the effect of
capitalization is deemed material. Property, plant and equipment
accounts are relieved of the cost and related accumulated
depreciation when assets are disposed of or otherwise retired.
Internal Use
Software Costs:
Lexmark capitalizes direct costs incurred during the application
development and implementation stages for developing,
purchasing, or otherwise acquiring software for internal use.
These software costs are included in Property, plant and
equipment, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position and are depreciated over the estimated useful life of
the software, generally three to five years. All costs incurred
during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and
Other Intangible Assets:
Lexmark annually reviews its goodwill for impairment and
currently does not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets.
The Companys goodwill and intangible assets are
immaterial, and therefore are not separately presented in the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Long-Lived
Assets:
Lexmark performs reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from
the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are
insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, then
an impairment loss is recognized based upon the excess of the
carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets.
Fair value is determined based on the highest and best use of
the assets considered from the perspective of market
participants.
Lexmark also reviews any legal and contractual obligations
associated with the retirement of its long-lived assets and
records assets and liabilities, as necessary, related to such
obligations. The asset recorded is amortized over the useful
life of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability
recorded is relieved when the costs are incurred to retire the
related long-lived tangible asset. The Companys asset
retirement obligations are currently not material to the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Environmental
Remediation Obligations:
Lexmark accrues for losses associated with environmental
remediation obligations when such losses are probable and
reasonably estimable. In the early stages of a remediation
process, particular components of the overall obligation may not
be reasonably estimable. In this circumstance, the Company
recognizes a liability for the best estimate (or the minimum
amount in a range if no best estimate is available) of the cost
of the remedial investigation-feasibility study, related
consultant and external legals fees, and for any other component
remediation costs that can be reasonably estimated. Accruals are
adjusted as further information develops or circumstances
change. Recoveries from other parties are recorded as assets
when their receipt is deemed probable.
71
Warranty:
Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at
the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product
warranties are based on the quantity of units sold under
warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage
and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure
rates and material usage and service delivery costs are
periodically adjusted based on actual results. For extended
warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and
long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty
contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these
programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual
period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are
expensed as incurred.
Shipping and
Distribution Costs:
Lexmark includes shipping and distribution costs in Cost of
Revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Revenue
Recognition:
General
Lexmark recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is
fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.
Revenue as reported in the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Earnings is reported net of any taxes (e.g.,
sales, use, value added) assessed by a governmental entity that
is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a
seller and a customer.
The following are the policies applicable to Lexmarks
major categories of revenue transactions:
Products
Revenue from product sales, including sales to distributors and
resellers, is recognized when title and risk of loss transfer to
the customer, generally when the product is shipped to the
customer. Lexmark customers include distributors, resellers and
end-users of Lexmark products. When other significant
obligations remain after products are delivered, such as
contractual requirements pertaining to customer acceptance,
revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled.
At the time revenue is recognized, the Company provides for the
estimated cost of post-sales support, principally product
warranty, and reduces revenue for estimated product returns.
Lexmark records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of
sale for customer programs and incentive offerings including
special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based
incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon
historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale.
Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price
protection, which it provides to substantially all of its
distributors and reseller customers.
Services
Revenue from support or maintenance contracts, including
extended warranty programs, is recognized ratably over the
contractual period. Amounts invoiced to customers in excess of
revenue recognized on support or maintenance contracts are
recorded as deferred revenue until the appropriate revenue
recognition criteria are met. Revenue for time and material
contracts is recognized as the services are performed.
Multiple Element
Revenue Arrangements
Lexmark enters into transactions that include multiple elements,
such as a combination of products and services. Revenue for
these arrangements is allocated to each element based on its
relative fair value and is recognized when the revenue
recognition criteria for each element have been met. Relative
fair value
72
may be determined by the price of an element if it were sold on
a stand-alone basis or third party evidence (e.g.,
competitors prices of comparable products or services).
Research and
Development Costs:
Lexmark engages in the design and development of new products
and enhancements to its existing products. The Companys
research and development activity is focused on laser and inkjet
printers, multifunction products (MFPs), and
associated supplies, features and related technologies. The
Company expenses research and development costs when incurred.
Advertising
Costs:
The Company expenses advertising costs when incurred.
Advertising expense was approximately $51.5 million,
$93.4 million, and $111.5 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans:
The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension and other
postretirement plans using actuarial models. Liabilities are
computed using the projected unit credit method. The objective
under this method is to expense each participants benefits
under the plan as they accrue, taking into consideration future
salary increases and the plans benefit allocation formula.
Thus, the total pension to which each participant is expected to
become entitled is broken down into units, each associated with
a year of past or future credited service.
The discount rate assumption for the pension and other
postretirement benefit plan liabilities reflects the rates at
which the benefits could effectively be settled and are based on
current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income
investments. The Company uses a yield-curve approach to
determine the assumed discount rate in the U.S. based on
the timing of the cash flows of the expected future benefit
payments. This approach matches the plans cash flows to
that of a yield curve that provides the equivalent yields on
zero-coupon corporate bonds for each maturity.
The Companys assumed long-term rate of return on plan
assets is based on long-term historical actual return
information, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets
and future estimates of long-term investment returns by
reference to external sources. The Company also includes an
additional return for active management, when appropriate, and
deducts various expenses. Differences between actual and
expected asset returns on equity investments are recognized in
the calculation of net periodic benefit cost over five years.
The rate of compensation increase is determined by the Company
based upon its long-term plans for such increases. Effective
April 2006, this assumption is no longer applicable to the
U.S. pension plan due to the benefit accrual freeze in
connection with the Companys 2006 restructuring actions.
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses that fall outside the
10% corridor are amortized on a straight-line basis
over the remaining estimated service period of active
participants. The Company has elected to continue using the
average remaining service period over which to amortize the
unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on the frozen
U.S. plan.
The Companys funding policy for its pension plans is to
fund the minimum amounts according to the regulatory
requirements under which the plans operate. From time to time,
the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the minimum
for various reasons.
The Company accrues for the cost of providing postretirement
benefits such as medical and life insurance coverage over the
remaining estimated service period of participants. These
benefits are funded by the Company when paid.
The accounting guidance for employers defined benefit
pension and other postretirement plans requires recognition of
the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of
financial position and recognition in
73
other comprehensive earnings of certain gains and losses that
arise during the period, but are deferred under pension
accounting rules.
Stock-Based
Compensation:
On January 1, 2006, the Company implemented the provisions
of FASB guidance on share-based payment and related
interpretations. This guidance requires that all share-based
payments to employees, including grants of stock options, be
recognized in the financial statements based on their fair
value. The Company selected the modified prospective transition
method for implementing this guidance and began recognizing
compensation expense for stock-based awards granted on or after
January 1, 2006, plus any unvested awards granted prior to
January 1, 2006. Stock-based compensation expense for
awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, is based on the
grant date fair value calculated in accordance with the
provisions of the share-based payment accounting guidance.
Stock-based compensation related to any unvested awards granted
prior to January 1, 2006, is based on the grant date fair
value calculated in accordance with the original provisions of
FASB guidance on accounting for stock-based compensation. The
fair value of the Companys stock-based awards, less
estimated forfeitures, is amortized over the awards
vesting periods on a straight-line basis if the awards have a
service condition only. For awards that contain a performance
condition, the fair value of these stock-based awards, less
estimated forfeitures, is amortized over the awards
vesting periods using the graded vesting method of expense
attribution.
The fair value of each option award on the grant date was
estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected stock
price volatility, weighted average risk-free interest rate and
weighted average expected life of the options. Under the
accounting guidance on share-based payment, the Companys
expected volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model was based exclusively on historical
volatility and the expected life assumption was established
based upon an analysis of historical option exercise behavior.
The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes model was
based on the implied yield currently available on
U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term
equal to the Companys expected term assumption. The
Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on the
Class A Common Stock and has no current plans to pay cash
dividends on the Class A Common Stock. The payment of any
future cash dividends will be determined by the Companys
Board of Directors in light of conditions then existing,
including the Companys earnings, financial condition and
capital requirements, restrictions in financing agreements,
business conditions, tax laws, certain corporate law
requirements and various other factors. The fair value of each
restricted stock unit award and deferred stock unit award was
generally calculated using the closing price of the
Companys stock on the date of grant.
Restructuring:
Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit
or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which
the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain
employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time.
Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or
disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable
and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local
statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination
benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements,
termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits
provided in prior restructuring activities. Specifically for
termination benefits under a one-time benefit arrangement, the
timing of recognition and related measurement of a liability
depends on whether employees are required to render service
until they are terminated in order to receive the termination
benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to
render service beyond a minimum retention period. For employees
who are not required to render service until they are terminated
in order to receive the termination benefits or employees who
will not provide service beyond the minimum retention period,
the Company records a liability for the termination benefits at
the communication date. If employees are required to render
service until they are terminated in order to receive the
termination benefits and will be retained to render service
beyond the minimum retention period, the Company measures the
liability for termination benefits at the
74
communication date and recognizes the expense and liability
ratably over the future service period. For contract termination
costs, Lexmark records a liability for costs to terminate a
contract before the end of its term when the Company terminates
the agreement in accordance with the contract terms or when the
Company ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. The
Company records a liability for other costs associated with an
exit or disposal activity in the period in which the liability
is incurred.
Income
Taxes:
The provision for income taxes is computed based on pre-tax
income included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The
Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in
the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These
estimates include judgments about the recognition and
realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting
from the expected future tax consequences of events that have
been included in the financial statements. Under this method,
deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and
tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the differences are expected to
reverse.
The Company determines its effective tax rate by dividing its
income tax expense by its income before taxes as reported in its
Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For reporting periods prior
to the end of the Companys fiscal year, the Company
records income tax expense based upon an estimated annual
effective tax rate. This rate is computed using the statutory
tax rate and an estimate of annual net income by geographic
region adjusted for an estimate of non-deductible expenses and
available tax credits.
In July 2006, the FASB issued guidance on accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance clarifies the
accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum
recognition threshold as more-likely-than-not that a
tax position must meet before being recognized in the financial
statements. It also provides guidance on derecognition,
classification, interest and penalties, accounting for income
taxes in interim periods, financial statement disclosure and
transition rules.
The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this
guidance is a two-step process. The first step is recognition:
The enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not
that a tax position will be sustained upon examination,
including resolution of any litigation. The second step is
measurement: A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not
recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of
benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax
position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is
greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon
ultimate resolution.
Derivatives:
All derivatives, including foreign currency exchange contracts,
are recognized in the Statements of Financial Position at fair
value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be recorded at fair
value through earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, depending on
the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the
derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of
underlying assets or liabilities through earnings or recognized
in Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss) until
the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings. Any
ineffective portion of a derivatives change in fair value
is immediately recognized in earnings. Derivatives qualifying as
hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and
liabilities being hedged.
Net Earnings Per
Share:
Basic net earnings per share is calculated by dividing net
income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding
during the reported period. The calculation of diluted net
earnings per share is similar to basic, except that the weighted
average number of shares outstanding includes the additional
dilution from potential common stock such as stock options,
restricted stock units and stock under long-term incentive plans.
75
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive (Loss) Earnings:
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings refers to
revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under accounting
principles generally accepted in the U.S. are included in
comprehensive earnings (loss) but are excluded from net income
as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to
stockholders equity, net of tax. Lexmarks
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings is
composed of deferred gains and losses related to pension or
other postretirement benefits, foreign currency exchange rate
adjustments, and net unrealized gains and losses on marketable
securities including the non-credit loss component of OTTI
beginning in 2009 based on new accounting guidance.
Segment
Data:
Lexmark manufactures and sells a variety of printing and
multifunction products and related supplies and services and is
primarily managed along divisional lines: the Printing Solutions
and Services Division (PSSD) and the Imaging
Solutions Division (ISD).
Subsequent
Events:
The Company performs an evaluation of subsequent events through
the date the financial statements are issued. The Companys
year-end 2009 financial statements were issued on
February 26, 2010.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements:
In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position
(FSP) No. FAS 141(R)-1, Accounting for
Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business
Combination That Arise from Contingencies (FSP
FAS 141(R)-1). The FSP amends the guidance provided
under FAS 141(R) Business Combinations
(FAS 141(R)) with regard to assets and
liabilities arising from contingencies in a business
combination. The new FSP requires that the acquirer recognize
pre-acquisition contingencies at fair value if the
acquisition-date fair value can be reasonably determined during
the measurement period. If fair value cannot be reasonably
determined, the measurement should be based on the best estimate
in accordance with the guidance on accounting for contingencies.
The FSP was effective for acquisitions by the Company beginning
in the first quarter of 2009. The Company applied this guidance
to its single acquisition during 2009, described in Note 3
to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP
No. FAS 157-4,
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity
for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and
Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly (FSP
FAS 157-4).
This FSP amends FAS 157, Fair Value Measurements
(FAS 157) and supersedes FSP
No. FAS 157-3,
Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the
Market for That Asset is Not Active (FSP
FAS 157-3).
According to the FSP, an entity should consider several factors
to determine whether there has been a significant decrease in
the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability when
compared with normal market activity for the asset or liability
including price quotations not based on current information, few
number of recent transactions, and price quotations varying
substantially among market makers to name a few. If an entity
concludes, based on the weight of the evidence, there has been a
significant decrease in volume and level of activity then
transactions or quoted prices may not be determinative of fair
value, thus requiring further analysis to determine whether the
prices are based on orderly transactions. The FSP lists several
factors to consider in making this assessment as well, including
the existence of a usual and customary marketing period, the
seller being in or near bankruptcy or forced to sell to meet
regulatory or legal requirements, and the transaction price
appearing as an outlier when compared with other recent
transactions. Based on the available evidence, an entity must
determine whether or not a transaction is orderly. The weight
placed on a transaction price when estimating fair value is
based on this determination as well as the sufficiency of
information available to make the determination. The FSP
reaffirms the need to use judgment when determining if a price
is determinative of fair value, considering all facts and
circumstances including the nature of a quote (binding offer or
an indicative price), whether or not the price includes an
appropriate risk premium that a market participant would demand,
and considering the use of a different valuation
76
technique or multiple valuation techniques. In addition to the
accounting guidance, the FSP also amends fair value disclosure
requirements to require in interim periods the disclosure of the
inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value and
any changes in inputs and techniques during the period. The FSP
also requires that the fair value disclosures be presented for
debt and equity securities by major security type, based on the
nature and risks of the security. FSP
FAS 157-4
was first effective for the Companys second quarter 2009
financial statements and was applied prospectively. The FSP has
not had a significant impact on the valuation of the
Companys assets or liabilities. Refer to Note 3 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the
Companys valuation techniques as well as additional
measures taken with respect to prices in response to the FSP.
In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP
No. FAS 115-2
and
FAS 124-2,
Recognition and Presentation of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairments (FSP
FAS 115-2
and
FAS 124-2).
This FSP amends the existing guidance regarding the recognition
of
other-than-temporary
impairment (OTTI) for debt securities. If the fair
value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis,
an entity must assess whether the impairment is other than
temporary. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely
than not the entity will be required to sell the debt security
before its anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis, an
other-than temporary impairment shall be considered to have
occurred and the entire difference between the amortized cost
basis and the fair value must be recognized in earnings. If the
entity does not expect to sell the debt security, but the
present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less
than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss is deemed to exist
and OTTI shall be considered to have occurred. However, in this
case, the OTTI is separated into two components, the amount
representing the credit loss which is recognized in earnings and
the amount related to all other factors which is now recognized
in other comprehensive income under the new guidance. In either
case, for debt securities in which OTTI was recognized in
earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis
(previous amortized cost basis less OTTI recognized in earnings)
and the cash flows expected to be collected shall be accreted in
accordance with existing guidance as interest income in
subsequent periods. The FSP also changes the presentation and
disclosure requirements of
other-than-temporary
impairments on debt and equity securities. In periods in which
OTTI is determined, the total OTTI shall be presented in the
statement of earnings as well as the offset for the amount that
was recognized in other comprehensive income under the new FSP.
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income for
which a portion of an OTTI has been recognized in earnings must
also be presented separately. The FSP also expands interim and
annual disclosure requirements for debt and equity securities
including but not limited to the methodology and significant
inputs used to measure the credit loss portion of OTTI as well
as a tabular rollforward of the amount of credit losses
recognized in earnings. The FSP became effective for the
Companys new and existing investments as of April 1,
2009. The Company recognized a favorable $2.1 million
cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained
earnings and a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other
comprehensive income, before consideration of tax effects,
related to the initial application of the FSP to its debt
securities held by the Company at April 1, 2009 for which
OTTI had been previously recognized. This adjustment was
calculated by comparing the present value of the cash flows
expected to be collected to the amortized cost bases of the debt
securities at the transition date. Under the new guidance, the
Company has recognized in earnings net impairment losses of
$3.1 million. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for further details.
In May 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 165,
Subsequent Events (FAS 165).
FAS 165 provides accounting guidance and disclosure
requirements for events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before financial statements are issued or available to be
issued. FAS 165 should be applied to the accounting for and
disclosure of subsequent events not addressed in other GAAP and
is not expected to change current accounting practices. The
standard requires that the effects of all subsequent events that
provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the
balance sheet date be recognized in the financial statements.
However, an entity shall not recognize subsequent events that
provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date
of the balance sheet. For nonrecognized subsequent events, the
nature of the event and an estimate of the financial effects, or
statement that such an estimate cannot be made, should be
disclosed if necessary to keep the financial statements from
being misleading. FAS 165 also requires that an entity
disclose the date through which subsequent events have been
77
evaluated and whether such date is the date the financial
statements were issued or the date the financial statements were
available to be issued. Lexmark, being a public company,
evaluates subsequent events through the date its financial
statements are issued. FAS 165 was first effective for the
Companys second quarter financial statements. Note 2
to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides the date
through which subsequent events were evaluated.
In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 168, The FASB
Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles a replacement of FASB
Statement No. 162 (FAS 168).
FAS 168 establishes the FASB Accounting Standards
Codification (ASC) as the single source of
authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB with the exception of
guidance provided by the SEC for public companies. Under the new
accounting principles framework, if guidance for a transaction
or event is not specified within a source of authoritative GAAP,
the Company must first consider accounting principles for
similar transactions or events within a source of authoritative
GAAP and then consider nonauthoritative guidance from other
sources. Though the ASC is not intended to change existing GAAP,
any effect of applying the standard will be accounted for as a
change in accounting principle or correction of an error
depending on the facts and circumstances. FAS 168 was first
effective for the Companys third quarter financial
statements. The Company has removed all other references to
legacy accounting standards and has adopted a plain English
approach to disclosures regarding accounting guidance. The
Company expects no other changes to its financial statements as
the result of the ASC. Changes to the ASC, representing new or
amended accounting and disclosure guidance, will be communicated
in the form of an Accounting Standards Update (ASU).
Although ASUs will update the ASC, they are not considered
authoritative in their own right.
In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-05,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820):
Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value (ASU
2009-05).
ASU 2009-05
reaffirms that the fair value measurement of a liability is
based on the assumption that the liability is transferred in an
orderly transaction to a market participant and continues to
exist rather than settled with the counterparty. It also
reaffirms that the measurement include nonperformance risk and
that such risk does not change after the transfer of the
liability. ASU
2009-05
provides guidance on how to measure liabilities at fair value.
When a quoted price in an active market for the identical
liability is not available, a Level 1 measurement, an
entity must consider other technique(s). If the quoted price of
an identical liability when traded as an asset in an active
market is available, and no adjustment is needed, this is also
considered a Level 1 measurement. In the absence of a
Level 1 measurement, an entity must use one or more of the
following: the quoted price of the identical liability when
traded as an asset, quoted prices for similar liabilities or
similar liabilities when traded as assets,
and/or
another valuation technique such as a technique based upon the
amount an entity would pay to transfer the identical liability
in an orderly transaction or a technique based on the amount an
entity would receive to enter into an identical liability. An
entity should not make a separate adjustment for restrictions on
the transfer of a liability when measuring the liabilitys
fair value. This restriction is implicit in nearly all
liabilities and is considered to be understood by issuer and
creditor. However, quoted prices should be adjusted for any
factors specific to the asset that are not applicable to the
fair value measurement of the liability, such as the quoted
price of an asset relates to a similar but not identical
liability or the quoted price of an asset includes the effect of
a third-party guarantee. The method or technique used to measure
fair value must maximize the use of relevant observable inputs
and should reflect the assumptions that market participants
would use in the principal or most advantageous market in
accordance with existing fair value guidance. The guidance was
first effective for the Company in the fourth quarter of 2009.
There were no material changes to the Companys fair value
measurements resulting from the new guidance.
In September 2009, the FASB issue ASU
No. 2009-12,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820):
Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value
per Share (or Its Equivalent) (ASU
2009-12).
ASU 2009-12
applies to investments that both (1) do not have readily
determinable fair values and (2) are made to entities
having all of the attributes of an investment company specified
under current U.S. GAAP or made to entities in which it is
industry practice for the investee to issue financial statements
in a manner consistent with U.S. GAAP for investment companies.
ASU 2009-12
provides guidance on the
78
fair value measurement of these investments. The ASU permits a
reporting entity, as a practical expedient, to estimate the fair
value of the investment using the net asset value per share
provided it is calculated in a manner consistent with
U.S. GAAP for investment companies at the reporting
entitys measurement date. If net asset value per share is
not calculated in such a manner, the reporting entity must
consider whether an adjustment to the most recent net asset
value per share is necessary in order to estimate net asset
value in a manner consistent with U.S. GAAP as of the
reporting entitys measurement date. A reporting entity is
not allowed to use the practical expedient if it is probable
that the entity will sell the investment for an amount that is
different from net asset value per share. ASU
2009-12 also
contains disclosure requirements for investments within scope
that have been measured at fair value during the period even if
the practical expedient was not applied, though the disclosures
do not apply to pension plan assets. The guidance, which was
first effective for the Company in the fourth quarter of 2009,
did not have a material impact to the Companys fair value
measurements as most of the Companys investments have
readily determinable fair values.
Accounting
Standards Issued But Not Yet Effective
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-13,
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue
Arrangements (ASU
2009-13).
ASU 2009-13
contains amendments to the ASC that address how to determine
whether a multiple-deliverable arrangement contains more than
one unit of accounting and how to measure and allocate
arrangement consideration to the separate units of accounting in
the arrangement. The ASU does not provide revenue recognition
guidance for a given unit of accounting. ASU
2009-13
removes the requirement that there be objective and reliable
evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s) in order to
recognize the delivered item(s) as separate unit(s) of
accounting. Under the amended guidance, the delivered item(s)
will be considered separate units of accounting if both the
delivered item(s) have value to the customer on a standalone
basis and delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is
considered probable and substantially in the control of the
vendor when the arrangement includes a general right of return
relative to the delivered item. ASU
2009-13
eliminates the use of the residual method when measuring and
allocating arrangement consideration to separate units of
accounting. Under the amended guidance, arrangement
consideration will be allocated at the inception of the
arrangement to all deliverables on the basis of their relative
selling price. When applying this method, an entity must adhere
to the selling price hierarchy; that is, the selling price used
for each deliverable will be based on vendor-specific objective
evidence (VSOE) if available, third-party evidence
(TPE) if vendor-specific objective evidence is not
available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is
available. The vendors best estimate of selling price is
the price at which the vendor would transact if the deliverable
were sold by the vendor regularly on a standalone basis and
should take into consideration market conditions and
entity-specific factors. ASU
2009-13 also
expands ongoing disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable
arrangements. The disclosure objective is to provide both
qualitative and quantitative information about a vendors
revenue arrangements, significant judgments made in applying the
guidance, and changes in judgment or application of the guidance
that may significantly affect the timing or amount of revenue
recognition. The new guidance under the ASU must be applied
either on a prospective basis to revenue arrangements entered
into or materially modified in the year 2011 or on a retroactive
basis. Earlier application is allowed under the transition
guidance of the ASU; however, if an entity decides to elect
earlier application and the period of adoption is not the first
reporting period in the entitys fiscal year, the new
guidance must be applied retrospectively from the beginning of
the entitys fiscal year accompanied by certain required
disclosures of previously reported interim periods in the fiscal
year of adoption. The reporting entity will also be required to
provide transition disclosures in the year of adoption that
enable the reader to understand the effect of the change in
accounting principle. The required disclosures depend on whether
the guidance is adopted on a prospective basis or through
retrospective application.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-14,
Software (Topic 985) Certain Revenue Arrangements That
Include Software Elements (ASU
2009-14).
ASU 2009-14
contains amendments to the ASC that change the accounting model
for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and
software elements. Specifically, the ASU modifies the scope of
existing software revenue
79
guidance such that tangible products containing software
components and nonsoftware components that function together to
deliver the tangible products essential functionality are
no longer in scope. The amendments also require that hardware
components of a tangible product containing software components
always be excluded from software revenue guidance. Furthermore,
if the software contained on the tangible product is essential
to the tangible products functionality, the software is
excluded from software revenue guidance as well. This exclusion
would include undelivered elements that relate to the software
that is essential to the tangible products functionality.
The ASU provides various factors to consider when determining
whether the software and nonsoftware components function
together to deliver the products essential functionality.
These changes would remove the requirement to have VSOE of
selling price of the undelivered elements sold with a
software-enabled tangible product and could likely increase the
ability to separately account for the sale of these products
from the undelivered elements in an arrangement. ASU
2009-14 also
provides guidance on how to allocate consideration when an
arrangement includes deliverables that are within the scope of
software revenue guidance (software deliverables)
and deliverables that are not (nonsoftware
deliverables). The consideration must be allocated to the
software deliverables as a group and the nonsoftware
deliverables based on the relative selling price method
described in ASU
2009-13. The
consideration allocated to the software deliverables group would
be subject to further separation and allocation based on the
software revenue guidance. Furthermore, if an undelivered
element relates to both a deliverable within the scope of the
software revenue guidance and deliverable not in scope of the
software revenue guidance, the undelivered element must be
bifurcated into a software deliverable and a nonsoftware
deliverable. Multiple-element arrangements that include
deliverables within the scope of software revenue guidance and
deliverables not within the scope of software revenue guidance
must provide the ongoing disclosures required in ASU
2009-13. An
entity must adopt the amendments in ASU
2009-14 in
the same period and using the same transition method that it
uses to adopt the amendments included in ASU
2009-13.
The Company is in the process of assessing the impact of ASU
2009-13 and
ASU 2009-14.
The Company enters into various types of multiple-element
arrangements and, in many cases, uses the residual method to
allocate arrangement consideration. The elimination of the
residual method and required use of the relative selling price
method will result in the Company allocating any discount over
all of the deliverables rather than recognizing the entire
discount up front with the delivered items. Although the Company
is in the process of assessing this change quantitatively, the
Company does not believe the change will be material to the
Companys financial statements given the relatively low
magnitude of multiple deliverable arrangements to the
Companys overall business. The Company has not yet
developed a policy for best estimate of selling price nor has
the adoption date and transition method been determined at this
time. Additionally, based on Lexmarks current operations,
the Company also believes the changes to the software revenue
guidance will not have a material impact to its financial
statements.
In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-16,
Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) (ASU
2009-16)
which codifies FAS 166 originally issued in June 2009. The
amendments to the ASC contained in ASU
2009-16
eliminate the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity and
removes the exception from applying consolidation guidance to
such entities. ASU
2009-16 also
amends and clarifies the derecognition criteria for a transfer
to be accounted for as a sale. The Company will continue to
account for its trade receivables facility as a secured
borrowing based on its ability to repurchase the receivable
interests at a determinable price. The accounting guidance is
effective for any transfers by the Company in the first quarter
of 2010.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2010-06,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)
(ASU
2010-06)
which requires new disclosures and clarifies existing
disclosures required under current fair value guidance. Under
the new guidance, a reporting entity must disclose separately
gross transfers in and gross transfers out of Levels 1, 2,
and 3 and describe the reasons for the transfers. A reporting
entity must also disclose and consistently follow its policy for
determining when transfers between levels are recognized. The
new guidance also requires separate presentation of purchases,
sales, issuances, and settlements rather than net presentation
in the Level 3 reconciliation. ASU
2010-06 also
requires that the fair values of derivative assets and
liabilities be presented on a gross basis except for
80
the Level 3 reconciliation which may be presented on a net
or a gross basis. The ASU also makes clear the appropriate level
of disaggregation for fair value disclosures, which is generally
by class of assets and liabilities, as well as clarifies the
requirement to provide disclosures about valuation techniques
and inputs for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value
measurements that fall under Level 2 or Level 3. The
new disclosure requirements will be effective for the Company in
the first quarter of 2010 with the exception of the requirement
to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements which will be effective in the first quarter of
2011. The Company will incorporate the required disclosures into
its first quarter 2010 fair value footnote but has not yet
decided whether or not it will early adopt the 2011 requirements
as permitted under the guidance.
The FASB and SEC issued several accounting standards updates and
staff accounting bulletins not discussed above that related to
technical corrections of existing guidance or new guidance that
is not meaningful to the Companys current financial
statements.
Reclassifications:
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified, if
applicable, to conform to the current presentation.
General
Effective January 1, 2008 the Company adopted the
authoritative guidance for fair value measurements issued by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). This
guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles
(GAAP) and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. The guidance defines fair value as the price that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. As part of the framework for measuring
fair value, the guidance establishes a hierarchy of inputs to
valuation techniques used in measuring fair value that maximizes
the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of
unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs
be used when available.
The guidance issued by the FASB in April 2009 for determining
fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset
or liability have significantly decreased and identifying
transactions that are not orderly was considered in preparation
of the December 31, 2009 financial statements. The
additional disclosures required by this guidance have been
provided below, namely the disaggregation of fair value
information to the level of major security types used in
Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The
guidance does not require such disclosures for earlier periods
presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption.
See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
information regarding the guidance issued by the FASB in 2009
discussed above.
Fair Value
Hierarchy
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active
markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities that
the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date;
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices
included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or
liability, either directly or indirectly; and
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Unobservable inputs used in valuations
in which there is little market activity for the asset or
liability at the measurement date.
|
Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are assigned a
level within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level
of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement
in its entirety.
81
Assets and
(Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring
Basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prices in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value At
|
|
Active
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Markets
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
marketable securities ST
|
|
|
$
|
673.2
|
|
|
$
|
261.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
408.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Foreign currency
derivatives(1)
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
marketable securities LT
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
695.4
|
|
|
$
|
261.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
408.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
derivatives(2)
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Foreign currency derivative assets
are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets
on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
(2) |
|
Foreign currency derivative
liabilities are included in Accrued liabilities on the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
|
The fair values of the marketable securities above are disclosed
by major security type in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prices in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
Active
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Markets
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
Government & agency debt securities ST
|
|
|
$
|
271.9
|
|
|
$
|
261.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities ST
|
|
|
|
301.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300.2
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities - ST
|
|
|
|
100.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97.7
|
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Auction rate securities municipal debt LT
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.6
|
|
Auction rate securities preferred LT
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
695.2
|
|
|
$
|
261.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
408.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
Excluded from the 2009 tables above were financial instruments
included in Cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position. The Companys policy is
to consider all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less at the Companys date of
purchase to be cash equivalents. Investments considered cash
equivalents included approximately $301.8 million of money
market funds, $34.7 million of agency discount notes and
$1.1 million of corporate debt securities at
December 31, 2009. The amortized cost of these investments
closely approximates fair value as described in the
Companys policy above. Fair value of these instruments is
readily determinable using the methods described below for
marketable securities or, in the case of money market funds,
based on the fair value per share (unit) determined and
published as the basis for current transactions.
82
For purposes of comparison, the following information relates to
December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prices in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
Active
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Markets
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available-for-sale
marketable securities ST
|
|
|
$
|
694.1
|
|
|
$
|
428.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
264.7
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Available-for-sale
marketable securities LT
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
718.8
|
|
|
$
|
428.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
264.7
|
|
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
Liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
derivatives(1)
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Foreign currency derivative
liabilities are included in Accrued liabilities on the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
|
Excluded from the table above were financial instruments
included in Cash and cash equivalents on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position. Investments considered cash
equivalents, which closely approximate fair value as described
in the Companys policy above, included roughly
$129.9 million of money market funds and $36.0 million
of US agency discount notes at December 31, 2008.
The following table presents additional information about
Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis
for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
Available-for-Sale Marketable Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
$
|
31.9
|
|
Pre-tax cumulative effect adj Retained Earnings*
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax cumulative effect adj Accum Other Comp Loss*
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings
|
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Adoption of new accounting guidance
regarding recognition and presentation of
other-than-temporary
impairments
|
See Notes 2 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
regarding the cumulative effect transition adjustment related to
the FASBs amended guidance for determining
other-than-temporary
impairment (FASB OTTI guidance).
83
The 2009 Level 3 marketable securities fair value
information above is disclosed by major security type in the
table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Level 3
|
|
|
Corporate Debt
|
|
|
AB And MB
|
|
|
ARS - Muni Debt
|
|
|
ARS - Preferred
|
Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
Balance, beginning of period
|
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.9
|
|
Pre-tax cumulative effect adj Retained Earnings*
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax cumulative effect adj Accum Other Comp Loss*
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings
|
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains/(losses) included in comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
AB = Asset-backed
MB = Mortgage-backed
ARS = Auction rate security
Realized and unrealized losses of $2.9 million year to date
2009 were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
related to the Companys Level 3 assets, nearly all of
which related to assets still held at the balance sheet date. Of
this amount, $2.7 million was recognized in Net
Impairment Losses on Securities and calculated in accordance
with the new FASB OTTI guidance and $0.2 million was
recognized in Other (income) expense, net in the first
quarter of 2009 as determined under the prior OTTI guidance. The
2009 total is primarily driven by credit losses of
$1.2 million related to Lehman Brothers debt securities and
$1.4 related to one of the Companys municipal auction rate
securities. It should be noted that all of the 2009 charges
related to Lehman Brothers and $0.7 million of the 2009
charge related to the municipal auction rate security are
recycled charges that were recognized in 2008 Net earnings
and reversed through Retained earnings on
April 1, 2009 in the transition adjustment required under
the amended FASB OTTI guidance. Realized and unrealized losses
of $7.3 million during 2008 were included in Other
(income) expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of
Earnings. Of this amount, losses of $7.3 million were
attributable to the change in fair value of marketable
securities held at December 31, 2008, deemed to be other
than temporarily impaired, including $4.4 million related
to the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, $1.9 million related to
auction rate securities, and $1.0 related to distressed
corporate debt, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
There were no purchases of Level 3 securities in 2009. The
Purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements, net total
relate to sales of various security types as indicated in the
table above. For 2008, the Purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements, net total of $0.1 million was comprised of
$28.5 million of auction rate securities purchases in the
first quarter of 2008 offset by settlements of auction rate
securities of $28.0 million in the second quarter and third
quarter of 2008 as well as sales of certain corporate debt and
mortgage-backed securities of $0.4 million.
Transfers in
and/or out
of Level 3 for 2009 were $2.7 million net, made up of
gross transfers in of $4.5 million offset partially by
gross transfers out of $1.8 million. Level 3 transfer
activity in 2009 was driven by asset-backed and mortgage-backed
securities. The Company believed that a Level 3
classification was appropriate for these securities due to
several reasons including a low number of inputs used in the
consensus price default methodology and the use of unobservable
inputs in certain fair value
84
measurements. Transfers in
and/or out
of Level 3 2008 were $2.4 million net, made up of
gross transfers in of $11.2 million offset partially by
gross transfers out of $8.8 million. Gross transfers in
were primarily due to $5.0 million of Lehman Brothers debt
securities transferred in to Level 3 due to the use of
indicative pricing source after bankruptcy was indicated in the
third quarter as well as $5.6 million of various corporate
bonds and mortgage-backed securities for which current,
observable market data was not available at third quarter end
due to specific credit events or a decrease in trading activity.
Gross transfers out were driven by notification in the second
quarter that $4.1 million of auction rate would be called
at par in the following quarter as well as $4.6 million
reclassification of certain debt securities back to Level 2
based on the availability of current, observable market data at
the end of the fourth quarter.
Interest rate swap contracts, which served as a fair value hedge
of the Companys senior notes that matured in May 2008,
were also considered a Level 3 fair value measurement in
the second quarter of 2008. Because the short-cut method was
used to record the fair value of the interest rate swaps, the
Company believes it is clearer to describe the activity in
narrative form rather than to include the change in fair value
in the Level 3 rollforward above. The fair values of the
interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 and March 31,
2008 were assets of $0.1 million and $0.3 million,
respectively. Final settlement occurred in the second quarter of
2008, resulting in net cash proceeds of $0.8 million. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company has not entered into any new
interest rate swap contracts.
Valuation
Techniques
The Company generally uses a market approach, when practicable,
in valuing the following financial instruments. In certain
instances, when observable market data is lacking, the Company
uses valuation techniques consistent with the income approach
whereby future cash flows are converted to a single discounted
amount. A discussion of changes in valuation techniques and
significant assumptions in 2009 is included below.
Marketable
Securities
The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance
with FASB guidance on accounting for investments in debt and
equity securities, and has determined that all of its
investments in marketable securities should be classified as
available-for-sale
and reported at fair value. The fair values of the
Companys
available-for-sale
marketable securities are based on quoted market prices or other
observable market data, or in some cases, unobservable inputs
and assumptions such as discounted cash flow models or
indicative pricing sources when observable market data does not
exist. The Company used multiple third party service providers
to report the fair values of the securities in which Lexmark is
invested. In limited instances, the Company has adjusted the
fair values provided by a third party service provider in order
to better reflect the risk adjustments that market participants
would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks.
Level 1 Marketable Securities
Level 1 fair value measurements are based on quoted market
prices in active markets and include U.S. government and
agency securities. These valuations are performed using a
consensus price method, whereby prices from a variety of
industry data providers are input into a distribution-curve
based algorithm to determine daily market values.
Level 2 Marketable Securities
Level 2 fair value measurements are based on quoted prices
in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, or
other methods by which all significant inputs are observable,
either directly or indirectly. Securities utilizing Level 2
inputs are primarily corporate bonds, asset-backed securities
and mortgage-backed securities, most of which are valued using
the consensus price method described previously. In response to
new accounting guidance regarding the determination of fair
value when the volume and level of activity have significantly
decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly, the
Company added additional steps starting in the second quarter of
2009 to its fair value practices described above
85
with respect to the consensus pricing methodology used in the
valuation of these securities. The Company has implemented more
comprehensive procedures to review the number of pricing inputs
received as well as the variability in the pricing data utilized
in the overall valuation. For securities in which the number of
pricing inputs used is less than expected or there is
significant variability in the pricing inputs, the Company has
tested that the final consensus price is within a reasonable
range of fair value through corroboration with other sources of
price data.
During 2009, the Company valued certain mortgage-backed and
asset-backed securities using a discounted cash flow approach
rather than the consensus price method described above. The
additional valuation was performed during the Companys
assessment of
other-than-temporary
impairment under the new model included in the FASB OTTI
guidance. Under the discounted cash flow approach,
collateral-specific assumptions were developed based on an
analysis of the characteristics of each security. These
assumptions were then used to project the performance of the
instruments. The expected cash flows that resulted from the
analysis were then discounted using a rate intended to reflect
the uncertainty inherent in the cash flows. In some cases, the
Company was able to corroborate the results of the discounted
cash flow analysis with the valuations determined under the
consensus pricing method within a reasonable range of fair
value. The corroborated fair values were maintained as
Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
Level 2 fair value measurements also include smaller
amounts of commercial paper and certificates of deposit which
generally have shorter maturities and less frequent market
trades. Such securities are valued via mathematical calculations
using observable inputs until such time that market activity
reflects an updated price.
Level 3
Marketable Securities
Level 3 fair value measurements are based on inputs that
are unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.
Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2009
included auction rate securities for which recent auctions were
unsuccessful, valued at $22.0 million, as well as certain
distressed debt securities and other asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities valued at $3.4 million. The
auction rate securities were made up of student loan revenue
bonds valued at $13.7 million, municipal sewer and airport
revenue bonds valued at $4.9 million, and auction preferred
stock valued at $3.4 million at year end 2009. Level 3
fair value measurements at December 31, 2008 included
auction rate securities for which recent auctions were
unsuccessful, valued at $24.7 million, certain distressed
debt instruments valued at $0.8 million, and other thinly
traded corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed securities
valued at $0.6 million. The auction rate securities were
made up of student loan revenue bonds valued at
$14.6 million, municipal sewer and airport revenue bonds
valued at $6.2 million, and auction rate preferred stock
valued at $3.9 million. The valuation techniques for the
Companys level 3 fair value measurements of its
marketable securities are discussed in the paragraphs to follow.
Auction Rate
Securities
For year-end 2009, the Companys auction rate securities
for which recent auctions were unsuccessful were valued using a
more refined discounted cash flow model that places greater
emphasis on the characteristics of the individual securities,
which the Company believes yields a better estimate of fair
value. The first step in the valuation included a credit
analysis of the security which considered various factors
including the credit quality of the issuer (and insurer if
applicable), the instruments position within the capital
structure of the issuing authority, and the composition of the
authoritys assets including the effect of insurance
and/or
government guarantees. Next, the future cash flows of the
instruments were projected based on certain assumptions
significant to the valuation including (1) the auction rate
market will remain illiquid and auctions will continue to fail
causing the interest rate to be the maximum applicable rate and
(2) the securities will not be redeemed. These assumptions
resulted in discounted cash flow analysis being performed
through the legal maturities of these securities, ranging from
the year 2032 through 2040, or in the case of the auction rate
preferred stock, through the mandatory redemption date of
year-end 2021. The projected cash flows were then discounted
using the applicable yield curve, such as
86
AAA or AA US Muni Education Revenue curve for student loan
auction rate securities, plus a 250 basis point liquidity
premium added to the applicable discount rate of all but one
auction rate security. For this instrument, developments in the
fourth quarter of 2009 raised serious concern regarding the
insurers ability to honor its contract. Given the
distressed financial conditions of both the issuer as well as
the insurer, the fair value of the municipal bond was primarily
based on the expected recoveries that holders could realize from
bankruptcy proceedings after a likely work out period of two
years. A small number of comparable trades were also considered
in the valuation of this instrument which supported the discount
rate applied. Overall, the auction rate security portfolio
balance decreased $2.7 million during the year and was
largely due to the $0.7 million decrease in the fair value
of this security as well as higher liquidity premiums and longer
economic maturities based on the Companies assumptions regarding
the auction rate market compared to those of 2008. For
comparison purposes, a summary of the year-end 2008 valuation
techniques and assumptions used to measure auction rate
securities is provided in the following paragraph.
The Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis on its
auction rate securities at year-end 2008, using current coupon
rates, a first quarter 2010 redemption date and a 50 basis
point liquidity premium factored into the discount rate. The
result was a downward YTD mark to market adjustment of
$2.5 million, of which $1.9 million was recognized in
the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as other than
temporarily impaired due to credit events involving the issuer
and insurer of one security. The remaining $0.6 million was
recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position representing the
mark to market adjustment on all other auction rate securities.
The changes in valuation techniques and assumptions in 2009 for
the Companys auction rate securities did not result from
the application of the new fair value guidance that was
effective for the Company starting in the second quarter of 2009.
Other Level 3
Debt Securities
The Company holds certain debt instruments that it considers
distressed due to reasons such as bankruptcy or a significant
downgrade in credit rating. These types of securities are valued
in a number of ways including the use of indicative pricing
sources or a discounted cash flow analysis. In limited
instances, the Company has decided that the value determined by
a discounted cash flow analysis is a better indicator of fair
value and has adjusted the price determined under the consensus
price methodology.
In 2009, the Company switched to an income approach when valuing
its Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities, which are the
Companys largest distressed debt instruments. The
discounted cash flow analysis was based on a detailed analysis
of the bankruptcy proceedings, which resulted in expected future
recoveries of 19% on a gross basis to be paid out over one to
three years. Expected future recoveries were then discounted to
17.68% of par based on a combination of current market yields
for comparable notes and an evaluation of the risks associated
with the expected recoveries. The fair value of the
Companys Lehman Brother corporate debt securities was
$0.9 million and $0.5 million at December 31,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
In 2009, the Company transferred into Level 3 a small
number of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, due
mostly to the consensus prices being identified for further
analysis during the review of the pricing inputs as part of the
Companys 2009 process discussed previously. The estimated
fair values of Level 3 asset-backed and mortgage-backed
securities were measured using either a discounted cash flow
analysis based on collateral specific assumptions or a price
that was considered indicative in nature. The total ending fair
value of these securities at December 31, 2009 was
$2.4 million.
In 2008, distressed debt instruments (including Lehman) as well
as various other securities for which current, observable market
data was not available were most often valued using non-binding
quotes from brokers or other indicative pricing sources. In
2009, the Company gave greater consideration to discounted cash
flow analyses, the results of which were compared to available
pricing data during the determination of fair value.
87
There were no changes in methodology or significant assumptions
in the fourth quarter of 2009 compared to the third quarter of
2009, with the exception of the fourth quarter event regarding
the insurer of one of the Companys municipal auction rate
securities factored into the valuation as described previously.
Derivatives
The Company employs a foreign currency risk management strategy
that periodically utilizes derivative instruments to protect its
interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash
flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. Fair
values for the Companys derivative financial instruments
are based on pricing models or formulas using current market
data. Variables used in the calculations include forward points
and spot rates at the time of valuation. Because of the very
short duration of the Companys transactional hedges (three
months or less) and minimal risk of nonperformance, the
settlement price and exit price should approximate one another.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, all of the Companys
forward exchange contracts were designated as Level 2
measurements in the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 16
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information
regarding the Companys derivatives.
Senior
Notes
In May 2008, the Company issued $350 million of five-year
fixed rate senior unsecured notes and $300 million of
ten-year fixed rate senior unsecured notes.
At December 31, 2009, the fair values of the Companys
five-year and ten-year notes were estimated to be
$360.5 million and $306.0 million, respectively, based
on the prices the bonds have recently traded in the market as
well as prices of debt with similar characteristics issued by
other companies. The $666.5 million total fair value of the
debt is not recorded on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position and is therefore excluded from
the 2009 fair value table above. The total carrying value of the
senior notes, net of $1.1 million discount, was
$648.9 million on the December 31, 2009 Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
At December 31, 2008, the fair values of the Companys
five-year and ten-year notes were estimated to be
$280.0 million and $225.0 million, respectively, based
on current rates available to the Company for debt with similar
characteristics. The $505.0 million total fair value of the
debt is not recorded on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position and is therefore excluded from
the 2008 fair value table above. The total carrying value of the
senior notes, net of $1.3 million discount, is
$648.7 million on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 11 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding the senior notes.
Plan
Assets
Plan assets must be measured at least annually in accordance
with accounting guidance on employers accounting for
pensions and employers accounting for postretirement
benefits other than pensions. The fair value measurement
guidance requires that the valuation of plan assets comply with
its definition of fair value, which is based on the notion of an
exit price and the maximization of observable inputs. The fair
value measurement guidance does not apply to the calculation of
pension and postretirement obligations since the liabilities are
not measured at fair value.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding the
fair value of plan assets.
Other Financial
Instruments
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables,
trade payables and short-term debt approximates their carrying
values due to the relatively short-term nature of the
instruments.
88
Assets and
(Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
Subsequent to Initial Recognition
The Company did not apply fair value measurement guidance to any
of its 2008 nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements
as permitted by the FASB. Effective January 1, 2009, the
Company began applying the provisions of the fair value
measurements guidance to its nonrecurring, nonfinancial
measurements as discussed below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
Other Observable
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
Total Gains
|
|
Total Gains
|
|
|
Dec. 31,
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Inputs
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
4th Qtr 2009
|
|
YTD 2009
|
Private equity investment
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3.0
|
)
|
Long-lived assets held and used Leased Products
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Private equity
investment
The Company purchased preferred shares of a private company for
$3 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. In the third
quarter of 2009, the Company was notified of a new offering by
the investee at a price that was lower than the previous shares
sold. A short time later, the Company was notified that the
latest stock offering had failed to produce the necessary cash
flow to meet the investees needs and that the decision had
been made to temporarily suspend operations until such time that
the necessary capital could be raised. After considering these
events, the Company decided that the investment was more than
likely
other-than-temporarily
impaired and should be written down to its estimated fair value
through earnings. The Company believes that selling this
investment would be difficult and the investments exit
value, if any, would be difficult to substantiate. Given these
conditions and the high risk associated with such an investment,
the Company estimated the fair value to be of minimal value or
no value at all. The $3 million investment was written off
in full to Other (income) expense, net on the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings in the third quarter of
2009. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the private company filed
bankruptcy under Chapter 7 (liquidation) under the
U.S. Bankruptcy laws.
Long-lived assets
held and used
In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company executed a five year
operating lease with a customer whereby Lexmark would install
and manage various printing devices over the contract period. In
the fourth quarter of 2009, sufficient information was available
that indicated the original cash flow and profitability
assumptions were different than the actual experience with the
customer. In accordance with the guidance on impairment or
disposal of long-lived assets, the leased products with a
carrying value of $4.5 million were written down to their
fair value of $2.4 million, resulting in an impairment
charge of $2.1 million, which was included in Cost of
revenue in 2009. The fair value of $2.4 million was
determined based on non-binding used retail prices in the
secondary market after considering the highest and best use of
the asset from the perspective of market participants in the
most advantageous market.
Business
Combinations
In the first quarter of 2009, the Company completed a step
acquisition of a wholesaler with an established presence in
Eastern Europe and an existing customer base of wholesale
distributors. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company
recorded measurement period adjustments which were immaterial
for separate disclosure. The acquisition was not a significant
business combination in terms of the investment made, assets
acquired, and income of the acquiree. The final cash
consideration given was approximately $11 million. The
Company estimated fair value as required under FASB guidance for
business combinations using the valuation techniques described
below.
89
The accounting guidance for business combinations requires the
acquirer to recognize the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the
acquiree at their acquisition date fair values, with limited
exceptions. The identifiable assets and liabilities were made up
primarily of the customer relationships intangible asset as well
as various short-term monetary assets and liabilities. The
customer relationships intangible asset was determined using the
discounted cash flow method under the income approach. Based on
the historical sales trend of the acquiree and the analysis of
the market, the Company assumed an annual attrition rate of
three percent for the decrease in sales to the existing customer
base. The calculated fair value of the customer relationships
intangible asset, using a 10 year time frame, was
$3.5 million. The remaining identifiable assets and
liabilities were primarily cash, accounts receivable and
accounts payable whose book values already approximated fair
value. In a business combination achieved in stages, the
acquisition date fair value of the acquirers previously
held equity interest in the acquiree is included in the total
consideration for purposes of computing goodwill under the
acquisition method. The fair value of the Companys
previously held noncontrolling interest in the company was also
estimated using the income approach, specifically, the
discounted cash flow method. Significant assumptions included a
two percent revenue growth rate, based on a combination of
market research and internal forecasts, with calculations
performed over a five-year time frame plus the terminal year.
The Company believes the derived discount rate of 14.8% applied
to both discounted cash flow analyses reflects market
participant assumptions based on the risk of the asset and the
company acquired.
|
|
4.
|
RESTRUCTURING AND
RELATED CHARGES
|
October 2009
Restructuring Plan
General
As part of Lexmarks ongoing plans to improve the
efficiency and effectiveness of all of our operations, the
Company announced restructuring actions (the October 2009
Restructuring Plan) on October 20, 2009. The Company
continues its focus on refining its selling and service
organization, reducing its general and administrative expenses,
consolidating its cartridge manufacturing capacity, and
enhancing the efficiency of its supply chain infrastructure. The
actions taken will reduce cost and expense across the
organization, with a focus in manufacturing and supply chain,
service delivery overhead, marketing and sales support,
corporate overhead and development positions as well as reducing
cost through consolidation of facilities in supply chain and
cartridge manufacturing. The Company expects these actions to be
principally completed by the end of the first quarter of 2011.
The October 2009 Restructuring Plan is expected to impact about
825 positions worldwide and should result in total pre-tax
charges of approximately $80.0 million. Charges of
$59.6 million were incurred in 2009, with approximately
$20.4 million expected to be incurred in 2010
2011. The company expects the total cash cost of this plan to be
approximately $65.0 million.
The Company expects to incur total charges related to the
October 2009 Restructuring Plan of approximately
$58.0 million in PSSD, approximately $9.0 million in
ISD and approximately $13.0 million in All other.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $59.6 million for the October 2009 Restructuring
Plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
$
|
6.2
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
52.4
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
$
|
59.6
|
|
|
90
Accelerated depreciation charges for the October 2009
Restructuring Plan and all of the following plans were
determined in accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for
the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, accelerated depreciation charges
are included in Cost of Revenue on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
Employee termination benefit charges and contract termination
and lease charges for the October 2009 Restructuring Plan and
all of the following plans were accrued in accordance with FASB
guidance on employers accounting for postemployment
benefits and guidance on accounting for costs associated with
exit or disposal activities, as appropriate. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, employee termination benefit charges,
which include severance, medical and other benefits, and
contract termination and lease charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges of $44.5 million in PSSD,
$3.4 million in ISD and $11.7 million in All other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits and contract
termination and lease charges in connection with the October
2009 Restructuring Plan. Of the total $50.9 million
restructuring liability, $23.6 million is included in
Accrued liabilities and $27.3 million is included in
Other liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Lease Charges
|
|
|
Total
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
51.5
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
Payments &
Other(1)
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
April 2009
Restructuring Plan
General
As part of Lexmarks ongoing plan to consolidate
manufacturing capacity and reduce costs and expenses worldwide,
the Company announced on April 21, 2009 the planned closure
of its inkjet cartridge manufacturing facility in Juarez, Mexico
by the end of the first quarter of 2010 as well as the continued
restructuring of its worldwide workforce (the April 2009
Restructuring Plan). The April 2009 Restructuring Plan is
expected to impact about 360 positions worldwide, with
approximately 270 coming from the closure of the facility in
Juarez, Mexico. The Company expects the April 2009 Restructuring
Plan will result in pre-tax charges of approximately
$45.1 million with cash costs estimated at
$10.0 million. The Company expects the April 2009
Restructuring Plan to be substantially completed by the end of
the second quarter of 2010.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $40.6 million for the April 2009 Restructuring
Plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
34.7
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
40.6
|
|
|
91
For the year ended December 31, 2009, accelerated
depreciation charges are included in Cost of revenue, and
employee termination benefit charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges of $2.9 million in PSSD,
$36.8 million in ISD and $0.9 million in All other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with
the April 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included in
Accrued liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
Balance at January 1, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
Payments & Other
(1)
|
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
2009
Restructuring Plan
General
In response to global economic weakening, the Company announced
the 2009 Restructuring Plan on January 13,
2009. The 2009 Restructuring Plan impacted about 375 positions
through the end of 2009. The areas impacted include general and
administrative functions, supply chain and sales support,
research and development program consolidation, as well as
marketing and sales management. The 2009 Restructuring Plan was
substantially completed by the end of 2009.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $8.7 million for the 2009 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
8.7
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, accelerated
depreciation charges are included in Cost of revenue, and
employee termination benefit charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges of $5.2 million in PSSD,
$0.5 million in ISD and $3.0 million of All other.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
charges of $20.2 million for the 2009 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
$
|
20.2
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
20.2
|
|
|
92
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the employee
termination benefit charges are included in Restructuring and
related charges on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Although the 2009 Restructuring Plan was announced in January
2009, the Company accrued $20.2 million of employee
termination benefit charges in December 2008 in accordance with
FASB guidance on employers accounting for postemployment
benefits because the charges were probable and estimable for the
2008 year-end reporting period.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges of $15.5 million in PSSD,
$1.7 million in ISD and $3.0 million in All other.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with
the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included in
Accrued liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
Payments & other
(1)
|
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)
|
Reversals
(2)
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
2008
Restructuring Plan
General
To enhance the efficiency of the Companys inkjet cartridge
manufacturing operations, the Company announced the 2008
Restructuring Plan on July 22, 2008 that resulted in the
closure of one of the Companys inkjet supplies
manufacturing facilities in Mexico. The 2008 Restructuring Plan
was substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of
2009.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company reversed
$1.5 million of previously accrued accelerated depreciation
costs that were incorrectly recorded. The reversal was incurred
in the Companys ISD segment and is included in Cost of
revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
charges of $21.0 million in ISD for the 2008 Restructuring
Plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
21.0
|
|
|
93
For the year ended December 31, 2008, accelerated
depreciation charges are included in Cost of revenue, and
employee termination benefit charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
Liability
Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with
the 2008 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included in
Accrued liabilities on the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to
foreign currency translations. |
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination
benefits. |
2007
Restructuring Plan
General
On October 23, 2007, the Company announced the 2007
Restructuring Plan, which included:
|
|
|
|
|
Closing one of the Companys inkjet supplies manufacturing
facilities in Mexico and additional optimization measures at the
remaining inkjet facilities in Mexico and the Philippines;
|
|
|
|
Reducing the Companys business support cost and expense
structure by further consolidating activity globally and
expanding the use of shared service centers in lower-cost
regions the areas impacted are supply chain, service
delivery, general and administrative expense, as well as
marketing and sales support functions; and
|
|
|
|
Focusing consumer segment marketing and sales efforts into
countries or geographic regions that have the highest supplies
usage.
|
The 2007 Restructuring Plan was substantially completed by the
end of the first quarter of 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2009,
the Company incurred $3.9 million in additional
restructuring-related charges as a result of revisions in
previous estimates. The Company expects any remaining charges
related to the 2007 Restructuring Plan to be immaterial.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
charges of $5.3 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred
$1.7 million of accelerated depreciation charges in Cost
of revenue and $0.1 million in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated
94
Statements of Earnings. The employee termination benefit charges
and contract termination and lease charges are included in
Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2009 the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges (reversals) of $3.1 million
in PSSD, $(0.7) million in ISD and $2.9 million in All
other. The $(0.7) million represents a reversal of
previously accrued accelerated depreciation costs that were
incorrectly recorded.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
charges of $21.5 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
17.3
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Contract termination and lease charges
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
21.5
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
$9.2 million of accelerated depreciation charges in Cost
of revenue and $8.1 million in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Employee termination benefit charges and contract termination
and lease charges are included in Restructuring and related
charges on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred
restructuring-related charges of $4.6 million in PSSD,
$0.3 million in ISD and $16.6 million in All other.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company sold one of its
inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Juarez, Mexico for
$4.6 million and recognized a $1.1 million pre-tax
gain on the sale that is included in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Impact to 2007
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred
$30.8 million for the 2007 Restructuring plan as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated depreciation charges
|
|
|
$
|
5.1
|
|
Employee termination benefit charges
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges
|
|
|
$
|
30.8
|
|
|
The accelerated depreciation charges are included in Cost of
revenue and the employee termination benefits are included
in Restructuring and related charges on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings. Of the $30.8 million of
restructuring-related charges, the Company incurred
$6.5 million in PSSD, $13.9 million in ISD and
$10.4 million in All other.
95
Liability
Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits and contract
termination and lease charges in connection with the 2007
Restructuring Plan. The ending liability of $12.0 million
is included in Accrued liabilities on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Of the
$16.2 million restructuring liability on December 31,
2008, $14.9 million is included in Accrued liabilities
and $1.3 million is included in Other liabilities
on the Companys Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Lease Charges
|
|
|
Total
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21.1
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.2
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
2006
Restructuring Plan
General
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company approved a plan to
restructure its workforce, consolidate manufacturing capacity
and make certain changes to its U.S. retirement plans
(collectively referred to as the 2006 actions).
Except for approximately 100 positions that were eliminated in
2007, activities related to the 2006 actions were substantially
completed at the end of 2006.
Impact to 2009
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company reversed
$0.6 million of previously accrued employee termination
benefits. The reversal is included in Restructuring and
related charges on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings
and was incurred in the PSSD segment.
Impact to 2008
Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed
$1.5 million of previously accrued employee termination
benefits, and accrued an additional $0.9 million of
contract termination and lease charges due to a revision in
assumptions due to current economic conditions. The net reversal
is included in Restructuring and related charges on the
Companys Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of the net
$0.6 million reversed in 2008, the Company recognized
$(0.3) million in PSSD and $(0.3) million in All other.
Impact to 2007
Financial Results
In 2007, the Company sold its Rosyth, Scotland facility for
$8.1 million and recognized a $3.5 million pre-tax
gain on the sale that is included in Selling, general and
administrative on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Also in 2007, the Company substantially liquidated the remaining
operations of its Scotland entity and recognized an
$8.1 million pre-tax gain from the realization of the
entitys accumulated foreign currency translation
adjustment generated on the investment in the entity during its
operating life. This gain is included in Other (income)
expense, net on the Companys Consolidated Statements
of Earnings.
96
Liability
Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability
incurred for employee termination benefits and contract
termination and lease charges in connection with the 2006
actions. Of the ending $1.2 million restructuring
liability, $0.5 million is included in Accrued
liabilities and $0.7 million is included in Other
liabilities on the Companys Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position. Of the $2.1 million restructuring
liability on December 31, 2008, $1.0 million is
included in Accrued liabilities and $1.1 million is
included in Other liabilities on the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Termination &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Lease Charges
|
|
|
Total
|
Balance at January 1, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
11.8
|
|
Costs incurred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8.5
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
Payments &
other(1)
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Reversals(2)
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other consists of changes in the
liability balance due to foreign currency translations. In 2009,
amounts for employee termination benefits are due entirely to
foreign currency translations.
|
|
(2) |
|
Reversals due to changes in
estimates for employee termination benefits.
|
General
As noted in the review of the 2008 and 2007 restructuring plans,
the Company reversed in 2009 a combined $2.2 million of
previously accrued accelerated depreciation costs that were
incorrectly recorded. The Company does not believe this
adjustment is material to its Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended December 31, 2009 or to any prior
years Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
5. |
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
|
Lexmark has various stock incentive plans to encourage employees
and nonemployee directors to remain with the Company and to more
closely align their interests with those of the Companys
stockholders. As of December 31, 2009, awards under the
programs consisted of stock options, restricted stock units
(RSUs) and deferred stock units (DSUs).
The Company currently issues the majority of shares related to
its stock incentive plans from the Companys authorized and
unissued shares of Class A Common Stock. Approximately
49.3 million shares of Class A Common Stock have been
authorized for these stock incentive plans.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
Company incurred pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of
$20.7 million, $32.8 million and $41.3 million,
respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The following table presents a breakout of the stock-based
compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
24.9
|
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense before income taxes
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
32.8
|
|
|
|
41.3
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
|
|
(12.2
|
)
|
|
|
(15.9
|
)
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense after income taxes
|
|
$
|
13.8
|
|
|
$
|
20.6
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
97
Under the Companys stock incentive plans, awards granted
to certain employees who meet age
and/or
service requirements prescribed in the plan will continue to
vest after the employees retirement with no additional
service requirements. Prior to the adoption of the FASB
share-based payment guidance, the Company recognized cost, on a
pro forma basis, over the stipulated vesting period of these
awards. Per SEC guidance, the Company is continuing to account
for these awards in this manner subsequent to the adoption of
the share-based payment guidance. For any awards granted after
the adoption of the share-based payment guidance to employees
who meet the age
and/or
service requirements, the Company is recognizing the cost of
these awards over the period that the employee is required to
provide service until the employee may retire and continue to
vest in these awards. The change in method of accounting for
these awards is not material for any periods presented.
On December 31, 2005, Lexmark accelerated the vesting of
certain unvested
out-of-the-money
stock options with exercise prices equal to or greater than
$80.00 per share. These options, which were previously awarded
to its employees under the Companys equity compensation
plans, would have otherwise vested in the years 2006 through
2008. The vesting was effective for approximately
2.4 million unvested options, or 39% of the Companys
total outstanding unvested options as of December 31, 2005.
Acceleration of options held by non-employee directors and
executive officers were not included in the vesting
acceleration. The acceleration of these options eliminated
future compensation expense the Company would otherwise have
recognized in its income statement with respect to these
accelerated options upon the adoption of the share-based payment
guidance. As a result of the acceleration, the Company
recognized an additional $25 million (pre-tax) of
stock-based employee compensation expense in the 2005 pro forma
disclosure information provided in the 2007
10-K filing.
Stock
Options
Generally, options expire ten years from the date of grant.
Options granted during 2009, 2008 and 2007, vest in
approximately equal annual installments over a three-year period
based upon continued employment or service on the Board of
Directors.
During 2009, the Company granted a total of 559,000
performance-based stock options to a small number of senior
managers. The terms of the award require satisfaction of both a
performance condition and a service condition for the award
recipient to become vested in the stock option. The performance
measure selected for the award is free operating cash flow over
four consecutive quarters. As of December 31, 2009 the
performance goal has been achieved and the stock options will
become vested and exercisable upon satisfaction of the service
condition 34% at year 2, 33% at year 4 and 33% at year 6.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
weighted average fair value of options granted were $6.18,
$11.23 and $18.52 respectively. The fair value of each option
award on the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected stock price volatility
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Weighted average risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
Weighted average expected life of options (years)
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
98
A summary of the status of the Companys stock-based
compensation plans as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Per Share)
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
67.65
|
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
138.2
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
60.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
34.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
78.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
$
|
67.82
|
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
32.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
70.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
$
|
66.16
|
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
17.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
65.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
$
|
63.46
|
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
$
|
68.52
|
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
68.14
|
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
67.92
|
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
There were no options exercised during 2009. For the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the total intrinsic value of
options exercised was $1.8 million and $7.7 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
$4.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense,
net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options
that will be recognized over the weighted average period of
2.6 years.
Restricted Stock
and Deferred Stock Units
Lexmark has granted RSUs with various vesting periods and
generally these awards vest based upon continued service with
the Company or continued service on the Board of Directors. As
of December 31, 2009, the Company has issued DSUs to
certain members of management who elected to defer all or a
portion of their annual bonus into such units and to certain
nonemployee directors who elected to defer all or a portion of
their annual retainer, chair retainer
and/or
meeting fees into such units. These DSUs are 100% vested when
issued. The Company has also issued supplemental DSUs to certain
members of management upon the election to defer all or a
portion of an annual bonus into DSUs. These supplemental DSUs
vest at the end of five years based upon continued employment
with the Company. The cost of the RSUs and supplemental DSUs,
generally determined to be the fair market value of the shares
at the date of grant, is charged to compensation expense ratably
over the vesting period of the award.
During 2009 a certain number of senior managers of the Company
were also granted additional RSU awards having a performance
condition, which could range from 78,339 RSUs to 235,014 RSUs
depending on the level of achievement. The performance measure
selected to indicate the level of achievement is return on net
assets minus cash and marketable securities. The performance
period ended on December 31, 2009. The Companys
assessment as of December 31, 2009 is that the minimum
level of achievement has not been met and as a result these
awards were cancelled.
99
A summary of the status of the Companys RSU and DSU grants
as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and changes during
the years then ended is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic Value
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
(Per Share)
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
$
|
52.84
|
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
$
|
61.9
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
56.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
58.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
$
|
53.79
|
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
42.6
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
33.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
51.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
52.48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
45.84
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
$
|
39.7
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
18.94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
54.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited or canceled
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
41.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
$
|
32.41
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
$
|
44.5
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
total fair value of RSUs and DSUs that vested was
$8.1 million, $8.4 million, and $3.2 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
$22.6 million of total unrecognized compensation expense,
net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and DSUs that will
be recognized over the weighted average period of 3.0 years.
The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance
with authoritative guidance on accounting for investments in
debt and equity securities, and has determined that all of its
investments in marketable securities should be classified as
available-for-sale
and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses
recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss. At
December 31, 2009, the Companys marketable securities
portfolio consisted of asset-backed and mortgage-backed
securities, corporate debt securities, preferred and municipal
debt securities, government and agency debt securities, and
auction rate securities. The fair values of the Companys
available-for-sale
marketable securities are based on quoted market prices or other
observable market data, discount cash flow analyses, or in some
cases, the Companys amortized cost which approximates fair
value.
As of December 31, 2009, the Companys
available-for-sale
Marketable securities had gross unrealized gains and
losses of $3.5 million and $4.4 million, respectively,
and consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Estimated
|
(In Millions)
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gains
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Auction rate securities municipal debt
|
|
$
|
20.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
301.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
302.3
|
|
Govt and agency debt securities
|
|
|
305.8
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
306.6
|
|
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
100.2
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
100.1
|
|
|
|
Total debt securities
|
|
|
727.9
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
727.6
|
|
Auction rate securities preferred
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
Total security investments
|
|
|
731.9
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
731.0
|
|
Cash equivalents
|
|
|
(35.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35.8
|
)
|
|
|
Total marketable securities
|
|
$
|
696.1
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
|
$
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
100
At December 31, 2008, the Companys
available-for-sale
Marketable securities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gains
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Auction rate securities municipal debt
|
|
$
|
21.4
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
20.9
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
162.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
161.7
|
|
Govt and agency debt securities
|
|
|
458.9
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463.9
|
|
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
109.5
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
104.4
|
|
|
|
Total debt securities
|
|
|
752.5
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
750.9
|
|
Auction rate securities preferred
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
Total security investments
|
|
|
756.5
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
754.8
|
|
Cash equivalents
|
|
|
(36.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36.0
|
)
|
|
|
Total marketable securities
|
|
$
|
720.5
|
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
718.8
|
|
|
|
Although contractual maturities of the Companys investment
in debt securities may be greater than one year, the majority of
investments are classified as Current assets in the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position due to the
Companys expected holding period of less than one year. As
of December 31, 2009 and 2008, auction rate securities of
$22.0 million and $24.7 million, respectively, are
classified in noncurrent assets due to the fact that the
securities have experienced unsuccessful auctions and that poor
debt market conditions have reduced the likelihood that the
securities will successfully auction within the next
12 months. The contractual maturities of the Companys
available-for-sale
marketable securities noted above are shown below. Expected
maturities may differ from contractual maturities for certain
securities that allow for call or prepayment provisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Estimated
|
(In Millions)
|
|
Cost
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Cost
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Due in less than one year
|
|
$
|
278.9
|
|
|
$
|
279.4
|
|
|
$
|
464.0
|
|
|
$
|
466.0
|
|
Due in 1-5 years
|
|
|
382.6
|
|
|
|
383.6
|
|
|
|
187.4
|
|
|
|
188.6
|
|
Due after 5 years
|
|
|
70.4
|
|
|
|
68.0
|
|
|
|
105.1
|
|
|
|
100.2
|
|
|
|
Total
available-for-sale
marketable securities
|
|
$
|
731.9
|
|
|
$
|
731.0
|
|
|
$
|
756.5
|
|
|
$
|
754.8
|
|
|
|
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, proceeds
from the sales and maturities of the Companys
available-for-sale
marketable securities were $215.0 million and
$679.7 million, respectively. For the twelve months ended
December 31, 2008, proceeds from the sales and maturities
of the Companys
available-for-sale
marketable securities were $91.7 million and
$442.1 million, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company
recognized $2.7 million in net losses on its marketable
securities; of which $0.4 million is net realized gains
included in Other (income) expense, net on the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings, and $3.1 million is
recognized as
other-than-temporary
impairment due to credit related losses and is included in
Net impairment losses on securities on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings. The $0.4 million net realized gain
includes a $0.2 million loss recognized in earnings as
other-than-temporary
impairment in the first quarter of 2009. The $0.2 million
loss is included in Other (income) expense, net on the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings as the Company did not adopt
the provisions of the amended FASB guidance on recognition and
presentation of
other-than-temporary
impairments until April 1, 2009 as permitted by the
guidance. See discussion further below on the Companys
adoption of this guidance.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company
recognized $7.9 million in net losses on its marketable
securities, of which $7.3 million was recognized as
other-than-temporary
impairment and $0.6 million was net realized losses. The
$7.9 million net loss is included in Other (income)
expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The
realized gains and losses in 2007 were immaterial. The
101
Company uses the specific identification method when accounting
for the costs of its
available-for-sale
marketable securities sold.
Impairment
On April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the amended FASB
guidance on the recognition and presentation of OTTI, which
requires that credit related
other-than-temporary
impairment on debt securities be recognized in earnings while
noncredit related
other-than-temporary
impairment of debt securities not expected to be sold be
recognized in other comprehensive income. See Note 2 for
the Companys policy on evaluating its marketable
securities for OTTI.
In accordance with the new guidance, the noncredit related
portion of
other-than-temporary
impairment losses recognized in prior earnings was reclassified
as a cumulative effect adjustment that increased retained
earnings and decreased accumulated other comprehensive income at
April 1, 2009. In periods prior to adoption of the new
guidance, a total of $7.5 million had been recognized
through earnings as
other-than-temporary
impairment. Upon adoption the Company recorded a cumulative
effect increase to retained earnings, and to the amortized cost
of previously
other-than-temporarily
impaired debt securities that increased the gross unrealized
losses on
available-for-sale
securities by $2.1 million. The cumulative effect
adjustment to retained earnings at April 1, 2009 totaled
$1.4 million net of tax.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the following table
provides a summary of the total
other-than-temporary
impairment losses incurred, the portion recognized in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss for the noncredit
portion of
other-than-temporary
impairment, and the net credit losses recognized in Net
impairment losses on securities on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Total
other-than-temporary
impairment losses on securities
|
|
$
|
4.6
|
|
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before
tax)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
Net impairment losses on securities
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
The $3.1 million credit loss is made up of
$0.6 million for
other-than-temporary
impairment related to asset-backed and mortgage-backed
securities, $1.2 million for
other-than-temporary
impairment related to certain distressed corporate debt
securities, and $1.3 million for
other-than-temporary
impairment related to certain auction rate securities. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company has recognized a cumulative,
pre-tax valuation allowance of $0.9 million included in
Accumulated other comprehensive loss representing a
temporary impairment of the overall portfolio.
The following table presents the amounts recognized in earnings
for
other-than-temporary
impairments related to credit losses for which a portion of
total
other-than-temporary
impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
(In Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance of amounts related to credit losses,
January 1, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
Credit losses on debt securities for which OTTI was not
previously recognized
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
Additional credit losses on debt securities for which OTTI was
previously recognized
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
Ending balance of amounts related to credit losses,
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
The following table provides information, at December 31,
2009, about the Companys marketable securities with gross
unrealized losses for which no
other-than-temporary
impairment has been incurred, and the length of time that
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss
102
position. The gross unrealized loss of $3.7 million,
pre-tax, is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 12 Months
|
|
12 Months or More
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
(In Millions)
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.6
|
|
|
$
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
20.6
|
|
|
$
|
(2.3
|
)
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
135.0
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
137.6
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
Asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
45.7
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Government and Agency
|
|
|
107.4
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107.4
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
280.7
|
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
30.6
|
|
|
$
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
311.3
|
|
|
$
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
The following table provides information, at December 31,
2009, about the Companys marketable securities with gross
unrealized losses for which
other-than-temporary
impairment has been incurred, and the length of time that
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss
position. The gross unrealized loss of $0.7 million,
pre-tax, is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 12 Months
|
|
12 Months or More
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
(In Millions)
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
6.6
|
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
The table below is a summary of the Companys marketable
securities at December 31, 2008, for which the fair value
is less than cost (impaired), and for which
other-than-temporary
impairments have not been recognized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 12 Months
|
|
12 months or More
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
|
|
Unrealized
|
(In Millions)
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Auction rate securities
|
|
$
|
22.7
|
|
|
$
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
22.7
|
|
|
$
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
42.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
68.4
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
Asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
119.1
|
|
|
$
|
(5.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
36.1
|
|
|
$
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
155.2
|
|
|
$
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
As of February 26, 2010, the Company does not believe that
it has a material risk in its current portfolio of investments
that would impact its financial condition or liquidity.
Auction rate
securities
The Companys valuation process for its auction rate
security portfolio began with a credit analysis of each
instrument. Under this method, the security is analyzed for
factors impacting its future cash flows, such as the underlying
collateral, credit ratings, credit insurance or other
guarantees, and the level of seniority of the specific tranche
of the security. The discount rate used to determine the present
value of cash flows expected to be collected is based on those
outlined in the authoritative guidance on creditors
accounting for impairment of a loan. In this method, the
interest rate used for amortizing the security is used to derive
the present value (with no adjustment to the discount rate for
increases in credit risk or other risk factors) and the present
value will generally be significantly different from par only if
estimated cash flows are significantly different from
contractual cash flows. Based on the analysis, the estimated
future cash flows are equal to contractual cash flows for all
but one auction rate security for which the amount related to
credit loss has been written down through earnings. The Company
has the intent to hold the remaining
103
securities until liquidity in the market or optional issuer
redemption occurs, and it is not more likely than not that the
Company will be required to sell these securities before
anticipated recovery. Additionally, if Lexmark required capital,
the Company has available liquidity through its accounts
receivable program and revolving credit facility.
Corporate debt
securities
Credit losses for the Companys corporate debt securities
are due to its holdings in certain Lehman Brothers medium term
notes. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. filed a petition for
bankruptcy in September of 2008 seeking relief under
Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. In order
to determine the cash flows expected to be collected the Company
considered certain drivers that centered on determining the
value of the underlying assets, the likelihood of residual
proceeds after all amounts owed are settled with creditors, and
the timeframe in which this may occur. Any unrealized losses on
the Companys remaining corporate debt securities are
attributable to market illiquidity and interest rate effects and
are not due to credit quality. Because the Company does not
intend to sell and will not be required to sell the securities
before recovery of their net book values, which may be at
maturity, the Company does not consider the remainder of its
corporate debt portfolio to be
other-than-temporarily
impaired at December 31, 2009.
Asset-backed and
mortgage-backed securities
Credit losses for the asset-backed and mortgage-backed
securities were derived by examining the most significant
drivers affecting loan performance such as original
loan-to-value
ratio, underlying property location and current loan status.
These drivers were further divided in order to separate the
underlying collateral into distinct groups based on loan
performance characteristics in order to apply different
assumptions to each group. For instance, higher default curves
were applied to higher risk categories such as collateral that
exhibits higher
loan-to-value
ratios, those loans originated in high risk states where home
appreciation has suffered the most severe correction, and those
loans which exhibit longer delinquency rates. Based on these
characteristics, collateral-specific assumptions were applied to
build a model to project future cash flows expected to be
collected. These cash flows were then discounted at the current
yield used to accrete the beneficial interest, which
approximates the effective interest rate implicit in the bond at
the date of acquisition for those securities purchased at par.
U.S. Treasury and
Government Agency securities
The unrealized losses on the Companys investments in
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities
were the result of interest rate effects. Because the Company
does not intend to sell the securities and it is not more likely
than not that the Company will be required to sell the
securities before recovery of their net book values, the Company
does not consider these investments to be
other-than-temporarily
impaired at December 31, 2009
The Companys trade receivables are reported in the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position net of allowances
for doubtful accounts and product returns. Trade receivables
consisted of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Gross trade receivables
|
|
$
|
458.6
|
|
|
$
|
463.4
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
(33.7
|
)
|
|
|
(36.1
|
)
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net
|
|
$
|
424.9
|
|
|
$
|
427.3
|
|
|
|
In the U.S., the Company transfers a majority of its receivables
to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation
(LRC), which then may transfer the receivables on a
limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The
financial results of LRC are included in the Companys
consolidated financial results since it is a wholly owned
subsidiary. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate
creditors
104
who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be satisfied
out of LRCs assets prior to any value in LRC becoming
available for equity claims of the Company. The Company accounts
for transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third
party as a secured borrowing with the pledge of its receivables
as collateral since LRC can repurchase receivables previously
transferred to the unrelated third party. The maximum capital
available under the facility is $100 million. In October
2009, the agreement was amended to extend the term of the
facility to October 1, 2010.
This facility contains customary affirmative and negative
covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality
of the accounts receivables transferred. As collections reduce
previously transferred receivables, the Company may replenish
these with new receivables. Lexmark bears a limited risk of bad
debt losses on the trade receivables transferred, since the
Company over-collateralizes the receivables transferred with
additional eligible receivables. Lexmark addresses this risk of
loss in its allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables
transferred to the unrelated third-party may not include amounts
over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits
with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash
control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely
affect the Companys liquidity
and/or its
ability to obtain secured borrowings. A downgrade in the
Companys credit rating would reduce the amount of secured
borrowings available under the facility.
At the end of years 2009 and 2008, there were no secured
borrowings under the facility. Expenses incurred under this
program totaled $0.4 million, $0.3 million and
$0.6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. The
expenses are primarily included in Other (income) expense,
net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings in 2009 and
2007. In 2008, the expenses are included in Interest (income)
expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Inventories consisted of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Work in process
|
|
$
|
67.9
|
|
|
$
|
102.4
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
289.4
|
|
|
|
335.9
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
$
|
357.3
|
|
|
$
|
438.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following
at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful Lives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
34.0
|
|
|
$
|
33.2
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
10-35
|
|
|
|
537.2
|
|
|
|
528.6
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
2-10
|
|
|
|
897.7
|
|
|
|
965.8
|
|
Information systems
|
|
|
3-4
|
|
|
|
124.6
|
|
|
|
137.3
|
|
Internal use software
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
|
332.3
|
|
|
|
261.5
|
|
Leased products
|
|
|
2-5
|
|
|
|
53.5
|
|
|
|
30.2
|
|
Furniture and other
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
56.6
|
|
|
|
64.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,035.9
|
|
|
|
2,020.9
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,121.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,157.7
|
)
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
914.9
|
|
|
$
|
863.2
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $209.1 million,
$203.2 million, and $191.0 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
The increase in Property, plant and equipment, net was due to a
number of factors of which the primary driver was current year
expenditures related to internal use software.
105
Leased products refers to hardware leased by Lexmark to certain
customers as part of the Companys PSSD operations. The
cost of the hardware is amortized over the life of the
contracts, which have been classified as operating leases based
on the terms of the arrangements. The accumulated depreciation
related to the Companys leased products was
$27.8 million and $11.0 million at year-end 2009 and
2008, respectively.
Accelerated
depreciation and disposal of long-lived assets
The Companys restructuring actions have resulted in
shortened estimated useful lives of certain machinery and
equipment and buildings and subsequent disposal of machinery and
equipment no longer in use. Refer to Part II, Item 8,
Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for a discussion of these actions and the impact on earnings.
Long-lived assets
held for sale
Related to the 2008 restructuring plan, one of the
Companys inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in
Mexico was made available for sale in the first quarter of 2009.
The asset is included in Property, plant and equipment, net
on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of
December 31, 2009 at the lower of its carrying amount or
fair value less costs to sell in accordance with guidance on
accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets.
The carrying value of the building and land available for sale
was approximately $5 million at December 31, 2009. It
is estimated that the fair value of the site is approximately
$6 million based on the conditional sale agreement signed
by the Company and a potential buyer in the fourth quarter of
2009. In the prior quarter, it was estimated that the fair value
of the site was approximately $7 million based on an
average of the fair values calculated under the income approach
and market approach. The income approach was based on a
hypothetical leasing arrangement which considered a regional
rental market price per square foot assumption as well as a five
year customary lease term. The market approach was based on
adjusted prices for sales of realty considered comparable to the
site. The Company used the deposit method of accounting for the
initial investment of $0.8 million received from the buyer
and anticipates derecognizing the asset in the second quarter of
2010 based on the agreed upon payment schedule. There were no
fair value adjustments recorded in 2009 related to the site made
available for sale.
Related to the 2007 restructuring plan, the Companys
Orleans, France facility was made available for sale in the
second quarter of 2009. The asset is included in Property,
plant and equipment, net on the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position as of December 31, 2009 at the lower of
its carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell in
accordance with guidance on accounting for the impairment or
disposal of long-lived assets. At the completion of the
accelerated depreciation, the facilitys carrying value was
approximately $7 million upon qualifying as held for sale.
The fair value of the site is estimated to be in the range of
$7 million to $8 million based on non-binding price
quotes from a market participant and considering the highest and
best use of the asset for sale. The Company believes it will
likely sell the facility in 2010.
|
|
10. |
ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER LIABILITIES
|
Accrued liabilities, in the current liabilities section
of the balance sheet, consisted of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
119.7
|
|
|
$
|
95.0
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
111.8
|
|
|
|
114.6
|
|
Copyright fees
|
|
|
69.9
|
|
|
|
117.7
|
|
Marketing programs
|
|
|
69.8
|
|
|
|
70.4
|
|
Other
|
|
|
310.5
|
|
|
|
297.2
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
681.7
|
|
|
$
|
694.9
|
|
|
|
106
Changes in the Companys warranty liability for standard
warranties and deferred revenue for extended warranties, are
presented in the tables below:
Warranty Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at January 1
|
|
$
|
50.9
|
|
|
$
|
62.3
|
|
Accruals for warranties issued
|
|
|
84.1
|
|
|
|
100.6
|
|
Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes
in estimates)
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
Settlements made (in cash or in kind)
|
|
|
(92.8
|
)
|
|
|
(112.6
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31
|
|
$
|
46.6
|
|
|
$
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
Deferred service revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at January 1
|
|
$
|
203.7
|
|
|
$
|
188.9
|
|
Revenue deferred for new extended warranty contracts
|
|
|
80.6
|
|
|
|
92.6
|
|
Revenue recognized
|
|
|
(88.4
|
)
|
|
|
(77.8
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31
|
|
$
|
195.9
|
|
|
$
|
203.7
|
|
|
|
Current portion
|
|
|
82.9
|
|
|
|
82.9
|
|
Non-current portion
|
|
|
113.0
|
|
|
|
120.8
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31
|
|
$
|
195.9
|
|
|
$
|
203.7
|
|
|
|
Both the short-term portion of warranty and the short-term
portion of extended warranty are included in Accrued
liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position. Both the long-term portion of warranty and the
long-term portion of extended warranty are included in Other
liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position. The split between the short-term and long-term portion
of the warranty liability is not disclosed separately above due
to immaterial amounts in the long-term portion.
Other liabilities, in the noncurrent liabilities section
of the balance sheet, consisted of the following at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Pension/Postretirement
|
|
$
|
219.3
|
|
|
$
|
319.4
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
119.9
|
|
|
|
125.3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
160.7
|
|
|
|
102.4
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
$
|
499.9
|
|
|
$
|
547.1
|
|
|
|
Senior
Notes Long-term Debt and Current Portion of
Long-term Debt
In May 2008, the Company repaid its $150 million principal
amount of 6.75% senior notes that were due on May 15,
2008. Additionally, in May 2008, the Company completed a public
debt offering of $650 million aggregate principal amount of
fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes are split into two
tranches of five- and ten-year notes respectively. The five-year
notes with an aggregate principal amount of $350 million
and 5.9% coupon were priced at 99.83% to have an effective yield
to maturity of 5.939% and will mature June 1, 2013
(referred to as the 2013 senior notes). The ten-year
notes with an aggregate principal amount of $300 million
and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective
yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018
(referred to as the 2018 senior notes). At
December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance was
$648.9 million (net of unamortized discount of
$1.1 million). At December 31, 2008, the outstanding
balance was $648.7 million (net of unamortized discount of
$1.3 million).
107
The 2013 and 2018 senior notes (collectively referred to as the
senior notes) pay interest on June 1 and December 1
of each year. The interest rate payable on the notes of each
series is subject to adjustments from time to time if either
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poors
Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the
notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently
upgrades the ratings.
The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale
leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are
no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be
redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a
redemption price as described in the related indenture
agreement, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If
a change of control triggering event as defined
below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to
repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal
to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. A
change of control triggering event is defined as the
occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the
debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment
grade.
Credit
Facility
Effective August 17, 2009, Lexmark entered into a
$275 million
3-year
senior, unsecured, multicurrency revolving credit facility that
includes the availability of swingline loans and multicurrency
letters of credit (the New Facility). Under the New
Facility, the Company may borrow in U.S. dollars, euros,
British pounds sterling and Japanese yen. The New Facility
replaced the Companys $300 million
5-year
multicurrency revolving credit agreement entered into on
January 20, 2005. On August 26, 2009, the Company
exercised its option to increase the maximum amount available
under the New Facility to $300 million. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no amounts
outstanding under either of the two credit facilities.
Lexmarks New Facility contains usual and customary default
provisions, leverage and interest coverage restrictions and
certain restrictions on secured and subsidiary debt, disposition
of assets, liens and mergers and acquisitions. The New Facility
also includes collateral terms providing that in the event the
Companys credit ratings decrease to certain levels the
Company will be required to secure, on behalf of the lenders,
first priority security interests in the Companys owned
U.S. assets. The New Facility has a maturity date of
August 17, 2012.
Interest on all borrowings under the New Facility depends upon
the type of loan, namely alternative base rate borrowings,
swingline loans or eurocurrency borrowings. Alternative base
rate borrowings bear interest at the greater of the prime rate,
the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent, or the
adjusted LIBO rate (as defined in the New Facility) plus one
percent. Swingline loans (limited to $50 million) bear
interest at an agreed upon rate at the time of the borrowing.
Eurocurrency loans bear interest at the sum of (i) a LIBOR
for the applicable currency and interest period and
(ii) the credit default swap spread as defined in the New
Facility subject to a floor of 2.5% and a cap of 4.5%. In
addition, Lexmark is required to pay a commitment fee on the
unused portion of the New Facility of 0.40% to 0.75% based upon
the Companys debt ratings. The interest and commitment
fees are payable at least quarterly.
Short-term
Debt
Lexmarks Brazilian operation has a short-term, uncommitted
line of credit. The interest rate on this line of credit varies
based upon the local prevailing interest rates at the time of
borrowing. The interest rate averaged approximately 18.2% and
26.8% during 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of
December 31, 2009, there was no amount outstanding under
this credit facility. The amount outstanding under the credit
facility as of December 31, 2008 was $5.5 million.
Other
Total cash paid for interest on the debt facilities amounted to
$42.5 million, $26.9 million, and $12.6 million
in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
108
The components of Interest (income) expense, net in the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Interest (income)
|
|
$
|
(17.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34.2
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
28.9
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
21.4
|
|
|
$
|
(6.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21.2
|
)
|
|
|
The Company capitalized interest costs of $3.4 million,
$1.4 million and $0.2 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Provision for
Income Taxes
The Provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(22.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.2
|
|
|
$
|
35.4
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
18.9
|
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
34.8
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
47.6
|
|
|
|
76.7
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
47.4
|
|
|
|
(24.8
|
)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
(20.0
|
)
|
State and local
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
43.6
|
|
|
|
(11.9
|
)
|
|
|
(28.0
|
)
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
41.1
|
|
|
$
|
35.7
|
|
|
$
|
48.7
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
38.3
|
|
|
$
|
69.7
|
|
|
$
|
135.7
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
148.7
|
|
|
|
206.2
|
|
|
|
213.8
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes
|
|
$
|
187.0
|
|
|
$
|
275.9
|
|
|
$
|
349.5
|
|
|
|
The Company realized an income tax benefit from the exercise of
certain stock options and/or vesting of certain RSUs and DSUs in
2009, 2008 and 2007 of $2.8 million, $3.4 million and
$3.4 million, respectively. This benefit resulted in a
decrease in current income taxes payable.
109
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes using the
U.S. statutory rate and the Companys effective tax
rate was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
65.4
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
96.6
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
122.3
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign tax differential
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)
|
|
|
(44.6
|
)
|
|
|
(16.2
|
)
|
|
|
(42.2
|
)
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development credit
|
|
|
(5.1
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Tax-exempt interest, net of related expenses
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reversals of previously accrued taxes
|
|
|
(2.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(18.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to previously recorded taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
41.1
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
35.7
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
48.7
|
|
|
|
13.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The effective income tax rate was 22.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The 9.1 percentage point increase
of the effective tax rate from 2008 to 2009 was due to a
geographic shift in earnings (5.1 percentage points) toward
higher tax jurisdictions in 2009 and the reversal of
previously-accrued taxes (3.1 percentage points) in 2008
that did not recur in 2009, along with a variety of other
factors (0.9 percentage points).
The effective income tax rate was 12.9% for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The effective income tax rate was 13.9%
for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
1.0 percentage point reduction of the effective tax rate
from 2007 to 2008 was due to a reduction of 5.3 percentage
points, primarily related to the geographic shift in earnings to
lower tax jurisdictions in 2008, along with a variety of other
factors, partially offset by a smaller amount of reversals and
adjustments to previously accrued taxes in 2008 (increase of
4.3 percentage points) when compared to reversals and
adjustments recorded in 2007. During 2008, the Company reversed
$11.6 million of previously accrued taxes principally due
to the settlement of the U.S. tax audit for years 2004 and
2005, while in 2007, the Company reversed a total of
$29.6 million of previously accrued taxes which pertained
to the settlement of a tax audit outside the U.S. and other
adjustments to previously recorded tax amounts.
110
Deferred income
tax assets and (liabilities)
Significant components of deferred income tax assets and
(liabilities) at December 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
3.7
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Credit carryforwards
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
20.4
|
|
|
|
18.7
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
23.8
|
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
55.5
|
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
Warranty
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
Equity compensation
|
|
|
30.2
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
Other compensation
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Foreign exchange
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
34.8
|
|
|
|
57.6
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(32.8
|
)
|
|
|
(20.5
|
)
|
Foreign exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
181.0
|
|
|
|
241.1
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
180.8
|
|
|
$
|
240.4
|
|
|
|
The breakdown between current and long-term deferred tax assets
and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
$
|
99.6
|
|
|
$
|
88.6
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
(26.3
|
)
|
|
|
(28.9
|
)
|
Long-Term Deferred Tax Assets
|
|
|
146.8
|
|
|
|
190.0
|
|
Long-Term Deferred Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
(39.3
|
)
|
|
|
(9.3
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31
|
|
$
|
180.8
|
|
|
$
|
240.4
|
|
|
|
The current deferred tax assets and current deferred tax
liabilities are included in Prepaid expenses and other
current assets and Accrued liabilities, respectively,
on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The
long-term deferred tax assets and long-term deferred tax
liabilities are included in Other assets and Other
liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position.
The Company has
non-U.S. tax
loss carryforwards of $13.2 million, of which
$1.1 million is subject to a valuation allowance. The
remaining $12.1 million is made up of losses in several
jurisdictions. The carryforward periods range from 6 years
to indefinite. The Company believes that, for any tax loss
carryforward where a valuation allowance has not been provided,
the associated asset will be realized because there will be
sufficient income in the future to absorb the loss.
Deferred income taxes have not been provided for the
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because such
earnings are indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of
non-U.S. subsidiaries
included in the consolidated retained earnings were
approximately $1,282.8 million as of December 31,
2009. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional
tax that may be payable on the foreign earnings. The Company
does not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate the
payment of income taxes.
111
Tax
Positions
The Company adopted FASB guidance on accounting for uncertainty
in taxes on January 1, 2007. As a result of the
implementation of this guidance, the Company reduced its
liability for unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and
penalties by $7.3 million, which resulted in a
corresponding increase in the Companys January 1,
2007, retained earnings balance. The Company also recorded an
increase in its deferred tax assets of $8.5 million and a
corresponding increase in its liability for unrecognized tax
benefits as a result of adopting this guidance.
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,
2009, was $33.0 million, all of which would affect the
Companys effective tax rate if recognized. The amount of
unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008, was
$29.3 million, all of which would affect the Companys
effective tax rate if recognized. The amount of unrecognized tax
benefits at December 31, 2007, was $53.5 million, of
which $43.5 million would affect the Companys
effective tax rate if recognized.
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated
with uncertain tax positions as part of its income tax
provision. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had
$4.5 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2009,
the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net
expense of $0.8 million for interest and penalties. As of
December 31, 2008, the Company had $3.7 million of
accrued interest and penalties. For 2008, the Company recognized
in its statement of earnings a net benefit of $1.0 million
related to interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2007,
the Company had $7.4 million of accrued interest and
penalties. For 2007, the Company recognized in its statement of
earnings a net benefit of $4.2 million related to interest
and penalties.
It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized
tax benefits will increase or decrease in the next
12 months. Such changes could occur based on the expiration
of various statutes of limitations or the conclusion of ongoing
tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world. If those
events occur within the next 12 months, the Company
estimates that its unrecognized tax benefits amount could
decrease by an amount in the range of $0 to $6 million, the
impact of which would affect the Companys effective tax
rate.
Several tax years are subject to examination by major tax
jurisdictions. In the U.S., federal tax years 2006 and after are
subject to examination. The Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) is currently auditing tax years 2006 and 2007.
In France, tax years 2006 and after are subject to examination.
In Switzerland, tax years 2004 and after are subject to
examination. In most of the other countries where the Company
files income tax returns, 2004 is the earliest tax year that is
subject to examination. The Company believes that adequate
amounts have been provided for any adjustments that may result
from those examinations.
A reconciliation of the total beginning and ending amounts of
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Balance at January 1
|
|
$
|
29.3
|
|
|
$
|
53.5
|
|
|
$
|
59.8
|
|
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result
of tax positions taken during a prior period
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(5.1
|
)
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result
of tax positions taken during the current period
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits relating to
settlements with taxing authorities
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(24.2
|
)
|
|
|
(11.2
|
)
|
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse
of the applicable statute of limitations
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31
|
|
$
|
33.0
|
|
|
$
|
29.3
|
|
|
$
|
53.5
|
|
|
|
Other
Cash paid for income taxes was $41.3 million,
$97.8 million and $76.1 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
112
On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued accounting guidance
on accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards.
The Company elected to adopt the alternative transition method
provided in this guidance for calculating the tax effects of
stock-based compensation pursuant to the adoption of the
share-based payment guidance. The alternative transition method
includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance
of the additional paid-in capital pool (APIC pool)
related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation,
and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows of the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding
upon the adoption of the share-based payment guidance.
|
|
13.
|
STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSS)
|
The Class A Common Stock is voting and exchangeable for
Class B Common Stock in very limited circumstances. The
Class B Common Stock is non-voting and is convertible,
subject to certain limitations, into Class A Common Stock.
At December 31, 2009, there were 806.7 million shares
of authorized, unissued Class A Common Stock. Of this
amount, approximately 18 million shares of Class A
Common Stock have been reserved under employee stock incentive
plans and nonemployee director plans. There were also
1.8 million of unissued and unreserved Class B Common
Stock at December 31, 2009. These shares are available for
a variety of general corporate purposes, including future public
offerings to raise additional capital and for facilitating
acquisitions.
In 1998, the Companys Board of Directors adopted a
stockholder rights plan (the Rights Plan) which
provides existing stockholders with the right to purchase one
one-thousandth (0.001) of a share of Series A Junior
Participating preferred stock for each share of Class A and
Class B Common Stock held in the event of certain changes
in the Companys ownership. The Rights Plan expired on
January 31, 2009 without modification.
In May 2008, the Company received authorization from the Board
of Directors to repurchase an additional $0.75 billion of
its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority
of $4.65 billion. As of December 31, 2009, there was
approximately $0.5 billion of share repurchase authority
remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at
managements discretion, to selectively repurchase its
stock from time to time in the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other
factors. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its
Class A Common Stock in 2009. During 2008, the Company
repurchased approximately 17.5 million shares at a cost of
approximately $0.6 billion, including two accelerated share
repurchase agreements discussed below. As of December 31,
2009, since the inception of the program in April 1996, the
Company had repurchased approximately 91.6 million shares
for an aggregate cost of approximately $4.2 billion. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had reissued approximately
0.5 million shares of previously repurchased shares in
connection with certain of its employee benefit programs. As a
result of these issuances as well as the retirement of
44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million
shares of treasury stock in 2005, 2006 and 2008, respectively,
the net treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2009,
were 15.1 million.
In December 2005, October 2006 and October 2008, the Company
received authorization from the Board of Directors to retire
44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million
shares, respectively, of the Companys Class A Common
Stock held in the Companys treasury as treasury stock. The
retired shares resumed the status of authorized but unissued
shares of Class A Common Stock. Refer to the Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive
Earnings for the effects on Common stock, Capital in
excess of par, Retained earnings and Treasury
stock from the retirement of 16.0 million shares of
Class A Common Stock in 2008.
Accelerated Share
Repurchase Agreements
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements
(ASR) with financial institution counterparties in
2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares
repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and
fourth quarter of 2008. The impact of the two ASRs is included
in the share repurchase totals
113
provided in the preceding paragraphs. The settlement provisions
of both ASRs were essentially forward contracts, and were
accounted for under the provisions of guidance on accounting as
equity instruments for derivative financial instruments indexed
to, and potentially settled in, a companys own stock. The
details of each ASR are provided in the following paragraphs.
On August 28, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated
share repurchase agreement with a financial institution
counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid
$150.0 million targeting 4.1 million shares based on
an initial price of $36.90. On September 3, 2008, the
Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.5 million
shares at a cost of $127.5 million. The final number of
shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was
dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average
price of the Companys common stock over the
agreements trading period, a discount, and the initial
number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the
Company would either receive additional shares from the
counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash
to the counterparty to which the Company controlled its election
to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty.
On October 21, 2008, the counterparty delivered
1.2 million shares in final settlement of the agreement,
bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to
4.7 million at a total cost of $150.0 million at an
average price per share of $31.91.
On October 21, 2008, the Company entered into an
accelerated share repurchase agreement with another financial
institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the
Company paid $100.0 million targeting 3.9 million
shares based on an initial price of $25.71. On October 24,
2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or
3.3 million shares at a cost of $85.0 million. The
final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under
the ASR was dependent on the average of the daily volume
weighted average price of the Companys common stock over
the agreements trading period, a discount, and the initial
number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the
Company would either receive additional shares from the
counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash
to the counterparty to which the Company controlled its election
to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty.
On December 26, 2008, the counterparty delivered
0.7 million shares in final settlement of the agreement,
bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to
4.0 million at a total cost of $100.0 million at an
average price per share of $25.22.
Other
Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)
Comprehensive earnings (loss) for the years ended
December 31, net of taxes, consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
145.9
|
|
|
$
|
240.2
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of reclassification
(net of tax (liability) benefit of $(5.5) in 2009 and $5.5 in
2008)
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
(63.4
|
)
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
Cash flow hedging, net of reclassifications (net of tax benefit
(liability) of $0.1 in 2007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of
reclassifications (net of tax (liability) benefit of $(14.6) in
2009, $80.0 in 2008 and $(2.8) in 2007)
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
(124.0
|
)
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on OTTI marketable securities, net of
reclassifications (net of tax (liability) benefit of $(0.3) in
2009)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of
reclassifications (net of tax benefit (liability) of $0.2 in
2009, $0.4 in 2008 and $(0.0) in 2007)
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive earnings
|
|
$
|
185.3
|
|
|
$
|
51.5
|
|
|
$
|
340.1
|
|
|
|
Changes in the Companys foreign currency translation
adjustments were due to a number of factors as the Company
operates in various currencies throughout the world. The largest
factor behind the favorable
114
movement in 2009 was the 32.7% increase in the Brazilian real
exchange rate. The primary drivers of the unfavorable change in
2008 were the 20.2% devaluation of the Mexican peso and 13.2%
devaluation of the Philippine peso. The largest factor behind
the favorable movement in 2007 was the 19% increase in the
Philippine peso exchange rate. Foreign currency translation
adjustment activity in 2007 also included a reclassification
adjustment of approximately $(7) million, net of tax,
related to the realization of a foreign currency translation
gain in Net earnings upon substantial liquidation of the
Companys Scotland subsidiary.
The 2009 activity in Net unrealized gain (loss) on OTTI
marketable securities was driven by credit losses of
$1.4 million, net of tax, that were recycled to Net
earnings during the year. Earlier in the year, the Company
recorded a cumulative effect adjustment to Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) earnings in the amount of
$(1.7) million, net of tax, related to the adoption of new
accounting guidance regarding OTTI of marketable debt securities.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Notes 6 and 15 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
information regarding the Companys marketable securities
and pension and postretirement plans.
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings for the
years ended December 31 consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
Pension or
|
|
Net Unrealized
|
|
Net Unrealized
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Currency
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
Gain (Loss) on
|
|
(Loss) Gain on
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
Cash Flow
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
Marketable
|
|
Marketable
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Adjustment
|
|
Hedges
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Securities - OTTI
|
|
Securities
|
|
(Loss) Earnings
|
|
|
Balance at 12/31/06
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
(138.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(130.9
|
)
|
2007 Change
|
|
|
22.5
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
Balance at 12/31/07
|
|
$
|
29.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(121.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(91.6
|
)
|
2008 Change
|
|
|
(63.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(188.7
|
)
|
|
|
Balance at 12/31/08
|
|
$
|
(33.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(245.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(280.3
|
)
|
Adoption of OTTI guidance*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
2009 Change
|
|
|
27.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
39.4
|
|
|
|
Balance at 12/31/09
|
|
$
|
(6.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(236.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
(242.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Cumulative effect adjustment
related to the adoption of accounting guidance regarding the
recognition and presentation of
other-than-temporary
impairment $(2.1) million gross,
$(1.7) million net of tax
|
|
|
14.
|
EARNINGS PER
SHARE (EPS)
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators
and denominators of the basic and diluted net EPS calculations
for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Numerator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
145.9
|
|
|
$
|
240.2
|
|
|
$
|
300.8
|
|
Denominator:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used to compute basic EPS
|
|
|
78.2
|
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
|
|
95.3
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities employee stock plans
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted EPS
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
Basic net EPS
|
|
$
|
1.87
|
|
|
$
|
2.70
|
|
|
$
|
3.16
|
|
Diluted net EPS
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
$
|
2.69
|
|
|
$
|
3.14
|
|
|
|
RSUs and stock options totaling an additional 9.1 million,
10.4 million and 5.1 million of Class A Common
Stock in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were outstanding but
were not included in the computation of diluted net earnings per
share because the effect would have been antidilutive.
115
In addition to the 9.1 million antidilutive shares for the
year ended December 31, 2009 mentioned above, unvested
restricted stock units with a performance condition that were
granted in the first quarter of 2009 were also excluded from the
computation of diluted earnings per share. The performance
period for these awards ended on December 31, 2009. The
Companys assessment as of December 31, 2009 is that
the minimum level of achievement has not been met and as a
result these awards were cancelled. Refer to Part II,
Item 8, Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information regarding the restricted
stock awards with a performance condition.
Effective first quarter of 2009, unvested share-based payment
awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or
dividend equivalents shall be considered participating
securities and included in the calculation of earnings per share
pursuant to the two-class method in accordance with accounting
guidance for determining whether instruments granted in
share-based payment transactions are participating securities.
There was no impact to the Companys EPS because the terms
of its share-based payment awards do not contain nonforfeitable
rights to dividends or dividend equivalents.
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements
(ASR) with financial institution counterparties in
2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares
repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and
fourth quarter. The ASRs had a favorable impact to 2008 basic
and diluted EPS of $0.06. The settlement provisions established
in the agreements were essentially forward contracts and
therefore potentially dilutive common stock equivalents that
must be evaluated under accounting guidance on the effect of
contracts that may be settled in stock or cash on the
computation of diluted earnings per share until final
settlement. At December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding
settlement provisions to evaluate for potential dilution. Refer
to Part II, Item 8, Note 13 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information
regarding the Companys accelerated share repurchase
agreements.
|
|
15.
|
PENSION AND OTHER
POSTRETIREMENT PLANS
|
Lexmark and its subsidiaries have defined benefit and defined
contribution pension plans that cover certain of its regular
employees, and a supplemental plan that covers certain
executives. Medical, dental and life insurance plans for
retirees are provided by the Company and certain of its
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
116
Defined Benefit
Plans
The
non-U.S. pension
plans are not significant and use economic assumptions similar
to the U.S. pension plan and therefore are not shown
separately in the following disclosures.
Obligations and funded status at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
734.4
|
|
|
$
|
762.2
|
|
|
$
|
45.1
|
|
|
$
|
47.8
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
43.2
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Contributions by plan participants
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
36.5
|
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(60.5
|
)
|
|
|
(53.9
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan adjustments
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement, curtailment or special termination losses
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
770.6
|
|
|
|
734.4
|
|
|
|
45.2
|
|
|
|
45.1
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
|
469.0
|
|
|
|
714.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
99.7
|
|
|
|
(177.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions by the employer
|
|
|
89.7
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(60.5
|
)
|
|
|
(53.9
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
(5.9
|
)
|
Foreign currency exchange rate changes
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
(21.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan adjustments
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions by plan participants
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
|
605.9
|
|
|
|
469.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unfunded status at end of year
|
|
$
|
(164.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(265.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(45.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(45.1
|
)
|
|
|
Effective December 31, 2009, disclosures for the
Companys immaterial plans are included in the Plan
adjustments lines in the table above.
For 2009, the Settlement, curtailment or special termination
losses in the table above was primarily due to curtailment
losses recognized from restructuring related activity in the U.S.
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Noncurrent assets
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
$
|
7.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
(169.0
|
)
|
|
|
(271.3
|
)
|
|
|
(41.6
|
)
|
|
|
(41.0
|
)
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(164.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(265.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(45.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(45.1
|
)
|
|
|
117
Amounts
recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and
Deferred Tax Accounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net gain (loss)
|
|
$
|
(382.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(408.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.9
|
)
|
Prior service credit (cost)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(382.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(409.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
$
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligation for all of the Companys
defined benefit pension plans was $766.8 million and
$729.6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Pension plans
with a benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Benefit
|
|
Plan
|
|
Benefit
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Obligation
|
|
Assets
|
|
Obligation
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
|
|
$
|
670.3
|
|
|
$
|
500.9
|
|
|
$
|
664.5
|
|
|
$
|
391.8
|
|
Plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan
assets
|
|
|
668.3
|
|
|
|
500.9
|
|
|
|
661.0
|
|
|
|
391.6
|
|
|
|
Components of net
periodic benefit cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Postretirement
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
|
$
|
2.6
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
43.2
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(49.0
|
)
|
|
|
(50.0
|
)
|
|
|
(48.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
Amortization of net loss
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Settlement, curtailment or special termination losses (gains)
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
20.3
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
$
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(AOCI) (pre-tax) for the year ended
December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Net gain arising during the period
|
|
$
|
(14.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.1
|
)
|
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on amounts
included in AOCI
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less amounts recognized as a component of net periodic benefit
cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss
|
|
|
(15.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service cost
(credit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
Total amount recognized in AOCI for the period
|
|
|
(27.3
|
)
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
Total amount recognized in net periodic benefit cost and AOCI
for the period
|
|
$
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
118
The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans
that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive
earnings (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next
fiscal year is $19.3 million. The estimated prior service
credit for the other defined benefit postretirement plans that
will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive
earnings (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next
fiscal year is $3.4 million.
Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
retirement
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Obligations at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Years Ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
Expected long-term return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
Plan assets:
Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and
agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial
mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate
debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The
U.S. defined benefit plan comprises a significant portion
of the assets and liabilities relating to the defined benefit
plans. The investment goal of the U.S. defined benefit plan
is to achieve an adequate net investment return in order to
provide for future benefit payments to its participants. Asset
allocation percentages are targeted to be 65% equity and 35%
fixed income investments. The U.S. defined benefit plan
employed professional investment managers during 2009 to invest
in new asset classes, including international developed equity,
emerging market equity, high yield bonds and emerging market
debt. Each investment manager operates under an investment
management contract that includes specific investment
guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate
diversification, prudent use of derivatives and standard risk
management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to
established benchmarks. The plan currently uses, and intends to
use during the asset allocation transition in 2009 noted above,
a combination of both active management and passive index funds
to achieve its investment goals.
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies
used for pension assets measured at fair value. Refer to
Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
for details on the accounting framework for measuring fair value
and the related fair value hierarchy.
Commingled trust funds: Valued at the closing
price reported on the active market on which the funds are
traded or at the net asset value per unit at year end as quoted
by the funds as the basis for current transactions.
Mutual and money market funds: Valued at the
per share (unit) published as the basis for current transactions.
119
Corporate bonds and debentures: Valued at
quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer
quotations, or other methods by which all significant inputs are
observable, either directly or indirectly.
U.S. equity securities: Valued at the
closing price reported on the active market on which the
securities are traded or at quoted prices in markets that are
not active, broker dealer quotations, or other methods by which
all significant inputs are observable, either directly or
indirectly.
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value
hierarchy, plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring
basis as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Commingled trust funds
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
$
|
488.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
506.9
|
|
Mutual and money market funds
|
|
|
46.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46.4
|
|
Corporate bonds and debentures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
U.S. Equity Securities
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
82.3
|
|
|
$
|
523.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
605.9
|
|
|
|
Defined
Contribution Plans
Lexmark also sponsors defined contribution plans for employees
in certain countries. Company contributions are generally based
upon a percentage of employees contributions. The
Companys expense under these plans was $21.4 million,
$25.1 million and $25.8 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.
Additional
Information
Other postretirement benefits:
For measurement purposes, a 8.3% annual rate of increase in the
per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for
2010. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 4.5% in 2028
and remain at that level thereafter. A one-percentage-point
change in the health care cost trend rate would have a
de minimus effect on the benefit cost and obligation since
preset caps have been met for the net employer cost of
postretirement medical benefits.
Related to Lexmarks acquisition of the Information
Products Corporation from IBM in 1991, IBM agreed to pay for its
pro rata share (currently estimated at $25.6 million) of
future postretirement benefits for all the Companys
U.S. employees based on pro rated years of service with IBM
and the Company.
Cash flows:
In 2010, the Company is currently expecting to contribute
approximately $20 million to its pension and other
postretirement plans.
Lexmark estimates that the future benefits payable for the
pension and other postretirement plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Postretirement
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
50.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.6
|
|
2011
|
|
|
50.8
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
2012
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
2013
|
|
|
53.3
|
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
2014
|
|
|
55.8
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
2015-2019
|
|
$
|
286.6
|
|
|
$
|
23.5
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
16.
|
DERIVATIVES AND
RISK MANAGEMENT
|
Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
Lexmarks activities expose it to a variety of market
risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency
exchange rates and interest rates. The Companys risk
management program seeks to reduce the potentially adverse
effects that market risks may have on its operating results.
Lexmark maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy
that uses derivative instruments to protect its interests from
unanticipated fluctuations in earnings caused by volatility in
currency exchange rates. The Company does not hold or issue
financial instruments for trading purposes nor does it hold or
issue leveraged derivative instruments. Lexmark maintains an
interest rate risk management strategy that may, from time to
time use derivative instruments to minimize significant,
unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest rate
volatility. By using derivative financial instruments to hedge
exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates, the
Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Lexmark
manages exposure to counterparty credit risk by entering into
derivative financial instruments with highly rated institutions
that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of the
agreement. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a
financial instrument that results from a change in currency
exchange rates or interest rates. The Company manages exposure
to market risk associated with interest rate and foreign
exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring parameters
that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be
undertaken.
Lexmark uses fair value hedges to reduce the potentially adverse
effects that market volatility may have on its operating
results. Fair value hedges are hedges of recognized assets or
liabilities. Lexmark enters into forward exchange contracts to
hedge accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary
assets and liabilities. The forward contracts used in this
program generally mature in three months or less, consistent
with the underlying asset and liability. Foreign exchange
forward contracts may be used as fair value hedges in situations
where derivative instruments expose earnings to further changes
in exchange rates. Although the Company has historically used
interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate financing activities
to variable rates, there were no interest rate swaps outstanding
as of December 31, 2009.
Net outstanding notional amount of derivative activity as of
December 31, 2009 was $15.8 million. This activity was
driven by fair value hedges of recognized assets and liabilities
primarily denominated in the Euro, Australian Dollar and South
African Rand.
|
|
|
|
|
Long (Short) Positions by Currency
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
EUR
|
|
$
|
(62.7
|
)
|
AUD
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
ZAR
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
Other Net
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(15.8
|
)
|
|
|
Accounting for
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position at their fair value. Fair values for
Lexmarks derivative financial instruments are based on
pricing models or formulas using current market data, or where
applicable, quoted market prices. On the date the derivative
contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative
as a fair value hedge. Changes in the fair value of a derivative
that is highly effective as and that is designated
and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the
loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability are recorded in
current period earnings in Cost of revenue on the
Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Derivatives qualifying as
hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and
liabilities being hedged.
121
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had the
following net derivative assets recorded at fair value in
Prepaid expenses and other current assets on the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Gross liability position
|
|
$
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Gross asset position
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset position
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had the
following net derivative liabilities recorded at fair value in
Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Gross liability position
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
Gross asset position
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
Net liability position
|
|
$
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
The Company had the following (gains) and losses related to
derivative instruments qualifying and designated as hedging
instruments in fair value hedges and related hedged items
recorded in Cost of Revenue on the Consolidated
Statements of Earnings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Hedging Relationships
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Foreign Exchange Contracts
|
|
$
|
3.6
|
|
|
$
|
13.1
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
18.5
|
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
Lexmark formally documents all relationships between hedging
instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management
objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge items. This
process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as
fair value hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the
balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses, both at the
hedges inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly
effective in offsetting changes in fair value of hedged items.
When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective
as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge,
the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as
discussed below.
Lexmark discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when
(1) it is determined that a derivative is no longer
effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged
item or (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated
or exercised. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it
is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an
effective fair value hedge, the derivative will continue to be
carried on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at
its fair value. In all other situations in which hedge
accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at
its fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Position, with changes in its fair value recognized in current
period earnings.
Additional information regarding derivatives can be referenced
in Note 3, Fair Value, of the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Concentrations of
Risk
Lexmarks main concentrations of credit risk consist
primarily of short-term cash investments, marketable securities
and trade receivables. Short-term cash and marketable securities
investments are made in a variety of high quality securities
with prudent diversification requirements. The Company seeks
diversification among its cash investments by limiting the
amount of cash investments that can be made with any one
obligor. Credit risk related to trade receivables is dispersed
across a large number of customers located in various geographic
areas. Collateral such as letters of credit and bank guarantees
is required in certain circumstances. In addition, the Company
uses credit issuance for specific obligors to
122
limit the impact of nonperformance. Lexmark sells a large
portion of its products through third-party distributors and
resellers and original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
customers. If the financial condition or operations of these
distributors, resellers and OEM customers were to deteriorate
substantially, the Companys operating results could be
adversely affected. The three largest distributor, reseller and
OEM customer trade receivable balances collectively represented
$189 million or approximately 29% of total trade
receivables at December 31, 2009 and $188 million or
approximately 30% of total trade receivables at
December 31, 2008, of which Dell receivables were
$116 million or approximately 18% of total trade
receivables at December 31, 2009, and $125 million or
approximately 20% of total trade receivables at
December 31, 2008. However, Lexmark performs ongoing credit
evaluations of the financial position of its third-party
distributors, resellers and other customers to determine
appropriate credit limits.
Lexmark generally has experienced longer accounts receivable
cycles in its emerging markets, in particular, Latin America,
when compared to its U.S. and European markets. In the
event that accounts receivable cycles in these developing
markets lengthen further, the Company could be adversely
affected.
Lexmark also procures a wide variety of components used in the
manufacturing process. Although many of these components are
available from multiple sources, the Company often utilizes
preferred supplier relationships to better ensure more
consistent quality, cost and delivery. The Company also sources
some printer engines and finished products from OEMs. Typically,
these preferred suppliers maintain alternate processes
and/or
facilities to ensure continuity of supply. Although Lexmark
plans in anticipation of its future requirements, should these
components not be available from any one of these suppliers,
there can be no assurance that production of certain of the
Companys products would not be disrupted.
|
|
17.
|
COMMITMENTS AND
CONTINGENCIES
|
Commitments
Lexmark is committed under operating leases (containing various
renewal options) for rental of office and manufacturing space
and equipment. Rent expense (net of rental income) was
$48.3 million, $55.6 million and $55.1 million in
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Future minimum rentals under
terms of non-cancelable operating leases (net of sublease rental
income commitments) as of December 31, 2009, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Minimum lease payments (net of sublease rental income)
|
|
$
|
29.6
|
|
|
$
|
19.9
|
|
|
$
|
14.4
|
|
|
$
|
7.3
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
Contingencies
In accordance with FASB guidance on accounting for
contingencies, Lexmark records a provision for a loss
contingency when management believes that it is both probable
that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be
reasonably estimated. The Company believes it has adequate
provisions for any such matters.
Legal
proceedings
Lexmark v. Static Control Components, Inc. &
Lexmark v. Clarity Imaging Technologies, Inc. & David
Abraham
On December 30, 2002 (02 action) and
March 16, 2004 (04 action), the Company filed
claims against Static Control Components, Inc. (SCC)
in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of
Kentucky (the District Court) alleging violation of
the Companys intellectual property and state law rights.
Similar claims in a separate action were filed by the Company in
the District Court against David Abraham and Clarity Imaging
Technologies, Inc. (Clarity) on October 8,
2004. SCC and Clarity have filed counterclaims against the
Company in the District Court alleging that the Company engaged
in anti-competitive and
123
monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in
violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. SCC
has stated in its legal documents that it is seeking
approximately $17.8 million to $19.5 million in
damages for the Companys alleged anticompetitive conduct
and approximately $1 billion for Lexmarks alleged
violation of the Lanham Act. Clarity has not stated a damage
dollar amount. SCC and Clarity are seeking treble damages,
attorney fees, costs and injunctive relief. On
September 28, 2006, the District Court dismissed the
counterclaims filed by SCC alleging that the Company engaged in
anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and
deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the
Lanham Act and state laws. On October 13, 2006, SCC filed a
Motion for Reconsideration of the District Courts Order
dismissing SCCs claims, or in the alternative, to amend
its pleadings, which the District Court denied on June 1,
2007. On June 20, 2007, the District Court Judge ruled that
SCC directly infringed one of Lexmarks
patents-in-suit.
On June 22, 2007, the jury returned a verdict that SCC did
not induce infringement of Lexmarks
patents-in-suit.
As to SCCs defense that the Company has committed patent
misuse, in an advisory, non-binding capacity, the jury did find
some Company conduct constituted misuse. In the jurys
advisory, non-binding findings, the jury also found that the
relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer
market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained
competition in that market. On October 3, 2008, the
District Court Judge issued a memorandum opinion denying various
motions made by the Company that sought to reverse the
jurys finding that SCC did not induce infringement of
Lexmarks
patents-in-suit.
The District Court Judge did, however, grant the Companys
motion that SCCs equitable defenses, including patent
misuse, were moot. As a result, the jurys advisory
findings on misuse, including the jurys finding that the
relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer
market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained
competition in that market, were not adopted by the District
Court. On March 31, 2009, the District Court granted
SCCs Motion for Reconsideration of an earlier Order that
had found the Companys terms used on certain supply items
that provide for an up-front discount in exchange for an
agreement to use the supply item only once were supported by
patent law. The District Court Judge ruled that after the
U.S. Supreme Courts most recent statement of the law
regarding patent exhaustion the Company may not invoke patent
law to enforce these terms but state contract law may still be
invoked. A final judgment for the 02 action and the 04 action
was entered by the District Court on October 16, 2009.
Notice of Appeal of the 02 and 04 actions has been filed with
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. In the
David Abraham and Clarity action, the proceeding is in the
discovery phase.
Sagem Communications v. Lexmark
Sagem Communications (formerly Sagem, S.A.) filed suit against
the Company, in the Court of First Instance, Geneva, Switzerland
on May 15, 2007. The suit alleges the Company failed to
timely develop a series of private label fax machines for Sagem.
Sagems suit seeks approximately $30 million dollars.
The Company has asserted a counterclaim alleging Sagem failed to
pay the Company a sum of approximately $1 million dollars
for tooling charges called for in the contract in the event that
Sagem failed to meet certain minimum purchase commitments by
December 31, 2005. The Court has held a series of
procedural hearings through which the parties presented
documentary evidence supporting their claims and defenses. Final
briefs are scheduled to be submitted to the Court in March 2010.
Molina v. Lexmark
On August 31, 2005 former Company employee Ron Molina filed
a class action lawsuit in the California Superior Court for Los
Angeles under a California employment statute which in effect
prohibits the forfeiture of vacation time accrued. This statute
has been used to invalidate California employers use
or lose vacation policies. The class is comprised of less
than 200 current and former California employees of the Company.
The trial was bifurcated into a liability phase and a damages
phase. On May 1, 2009, the Judge brought the liability
phase to a conclusion with a ruling that the Companys
vacation and personal choice days policies from 1991 to
the present violated California law. The trial on the damages
phase was completed on January 15, 2010 and the parties are
awaiting the Judges ruling. The damage award might range
from zero, based on the Companys argument that the class
has failed to meet its burden of proving damages to
approximately $16.7 million dollars, the highest amount
asserted by the class expert based on
124
an assumption that none of the California employees ever used
any of their accrued vacation or personal choice days. The class
is also seeking injunctive relief, costs and attorneys
fees.
The Company is also party to various litigation and other legal
matters, including claims of intellectual property infringement,
that are being handled in the ordinary course of business. In
addition, various governmental authorities have from time to
time initiated inquiries and investigations, some of which are
ongoing, including concerns regarding the activities of
participants in the markets for printers and supplies. The
Company intends to continue to cooperate fully with those
governmental authorities in these matters.
Although it is not reasonably possible to estimate whether a
loss will occur as a result of these legal matters, or if a loss
should occur, the amount of such loss, the Company does not
believe that any legal matters to which it is a party is likely
to have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
However, there can be no assurance that any pending legal
matters or any legal matters that may arise in the future would
not have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Copyright
fees
Certain countries (primarily in Europe)
and/or
collecting societies representing copyright owners
interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as
scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the
copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these
devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries
are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The
amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of
products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which
will vary by product and by country. The Company has accrued
amounts that it believes are adequate to address the risks
related to the copyright fee issues currently pending. The
financial impact on the Company, which will depend in large part
upon the outcome of local legislative processes, the
Companys and other industry participants outcome in
contesting the fees and the Companys ability to mitigate
that impact by increasing prices, which ability will depend upon
competitive market conditions, remains uncertain. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company has accrued a total of
approximately $70 million for pending copyright fee
charges, including litigation proceedings, local legislative
initiatives
and/or
negotiations with the parties involved.
As of December 31, 2009, approximately $57 million of
the $70 million accrued for the pending copyright fee
issues was related to single function printer devices sold in
Germany prior to December 31, 2007. The
VerwertungsGesellschaft Wort (VG Wort), a collection
society representing certain copyright holders, instituted legal
proceedings against Hewlett-Packard Company (HP) in
July of 2004 relating to whether and to what extent copyright
levies for photocopiers should be imposed in accordance with
copyright laws implemented in Germany on single function
printers. The Company is not a party to this lawsuit, although
the Company and VG Wort entered into an agreement pursuant to
which both VG Wort and the Company agreed to be bound by the
outcome of the VG Wort/HP litigation. On December 6, 2007,
the Bundesgerichtshof (the German Federal Supreme
Court) in the VG Wort litigation with HP issued a judgment
that single function printer devices sold in Germany prior to
December 31, 2007 are not subject to levies under the then
existing law (German Federal Supreme Court, file reference I ZR
94/05). VG Wort filed an appeal with the
Bundesverfassungsgericht (the German Federal
Constitutional Court) challenging the ruling that single
function printers are not subject to levies. The matter is still
pending with the German Federal Constitutional Court. On or
about December 15, 2009, VG Wort instituted non-binding
arbitration proceedings against the Company before the
arbitration board of the Patent and Trademark Office in Munich
relating to whether and to what extent copyright levies should
be imposed on single function printers sold by the Company in
Germany for the years 2006 and 2007.
An agreement was reached in the first quarter of 2009 with the
collecting societies in which the Company participated regarding
the copyright fees to be levied on
all-in-one
and multifunctional devices (AIO/MFDs) sold in
Germany after December 31, 2001 through December 31,
2007. As part of this settlement, the Company paid the
collection societies $42.6 million in July 2009. This
matter is now closed.
125
For sales of AIO/MFDs and single function printer devices in
Germany after January 1, 2008, the Company, other industry
participants and the collecting societies have agreed upon an
applicable levy rate for the aforementioned devices and the
Company has agreed to collect and pay such levies as appropriate.
The Company believes the amounts accrued represent its best
estimate of the copyright fee issues currently pending and these
accruals are included in Accrued liabilities on the
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Lexmark manufactures and sells a variety of printing and
multifunction products and related supplies and services and is
primarily managed along its divisional segments, PSSD and ISD.
The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on
revenue and operating income, and does not include segment
assets or other income and expense items for management
reporting purposes. Segment operating income (loss) includes:
selling, general and administrative; research and development;
restructuring and related charges; and other expenses, certain
of which are allocated to the respective segments based on
internal measures and may not be indicative of amounts that
would be incurred on a stand alone basis or may not be
indicative of results of other enterprises in similar
businesses. All other operating income (loss) includes
significant expenses that are managed outside of the reporting
segments. These unallocated costs include such items as
information technology expenses, occupancy costs, stock-based
compensation and certain other corporate and regional general
and administrative expenses such as finance, legal and human
resources.
The following table includes information about the
Companys reportable segments for the year ended December
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSSD
|
|
$
|
2,624.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,981.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,999.2
|
|
ISD
|
|
|
1,255.0
|
|
|
|
1,546.8
|
|
|
|
1,974.7
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSSD
|
|
$
|
379.3
|
|
|
$
|
497.1
|
|
|
$
|
612.0
|
|
ISD
|
|
|
114.3
|
|
|
|
137.1
|
|
|
|
93.4
|
|
All other
|
|
|
(277.5
|
)
|
|
|
(357.0
|
)
|
|
|
(384.1
|
)
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
216.1
|
|
|
$
|
277.2
|
|
|
$
|
321.3
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended
December 31, 2009 includes restructuring and related
charges of $55.1 million in PSSD, $38.5 million in ISD
and $18.5 million in All other.
Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended
December 31, 2008 includes restructuring and related
charges of $19.8 million in PSSD, $23.0 million in ISD
and $19.3 million in All other.
Operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended
December 31, 2007 includes restructuring and related
charges of $6.5 million in PSSD, $13.9 million in ISD
and $10.4 million in All other.
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, one customer, Dell, accounted for
$495.9 million or approximately 13%, $595.7 million or
approximately 13% and $716.7 million or approximately 14%,
of the Companys total revenue, respectively. Sales to Dell
are included in both PSSD and ISD.
126
The following is revenue by geographic area for the year ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,672.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,864.8
|
|
|
$
|
2,140.3
|
|
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa)
|
|
|
1,453.9
|
|
|
|
1,742.9
|
|
|
|
1,827.2
|
|
Other International
|
|
|
753.9
|
|
|
|
920.7
|
|
|
|
1,006.4
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
Sales are attributed to geographic areas based on the location
of customers. Other International revenue includes exports from
the U.S. and Europe.
The following is long-lived asset information by geographic area
as of December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Long-lived assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
508.0
|
|
|
$
|
468.8
|
|
|
$
|
416.9
|
|
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa)
|
|
|
64.5
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
Other International
|
|
|
342.4
|
|
|
|
369.9
|
|
|
|
417.8
|
|
|
|
Total long-lived assets
|
|
$
|
914.9
|
|
|
$
|
863.2
|
|
|
$
|
869.0
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, net of
accumulated depreciation.
The following is revenue by product category for the year ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Laser and inkjet printers
|
|
$
|
938.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,196.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,498.3
|
|
Laser and inkjet supplies
|
|
|
2,751.8
|
|
|
|
3,117.5
|
|
|
|
3,248.6
|
|
Other
|
|
|
189.3
|
|
|
|
214.1
|
|
|
|
227.0
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
3,879.9
|
|
|
$
|
4,528.4
|
|
|
$
|
4,973.9
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
19.
|
QUARTERLY
FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
(In Millions, Except Per Share
Amounts)
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
944.1
|
|
|
$
|
904.6
|
|
|
$
|
958.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,073.2
|
|
Gross profit
(1)
|
|
|
333.4
|
|
|
|
280.8
|
|
|
|
312.9
|
|
|
|
382.7
|
|
Operating income
(1)
|
|
|
74.6
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
|
|
|
89.8
|
|
Net earnings
(1)
|
|
|
59.2
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
59.8
|
|
Basic EPS*
(1)
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
Diluted EPS*
(1)
|
|
|
0.75
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
0.76
|
|
Stock prices:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$
|
28.94
|
|
|
$
|
20.39
|
|
|
$
|
22.26
|
|
|
$
|
27.87
|
|
Low
|
|
|
15.31
|
|
|
|
15.06
|
|
|
|
14.48
|
|
|
|
20.09
|
|
|
|
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,175.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,138.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,130.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,083.7
|
|
Gross profit
(2)
|
|
|
435.5
|
|
|
|
417.2
|
|
|
|
367.7
|
|
|
|
314.2
|
|
Operating income
(2)
|
|
|
122.3
|
|
|
|
100.9
|
|
|
|
54.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
(2)
|
|
|
101.7
|
|
|
|
83.7
|
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
Basic EPS*
(2)
|
|
$
|
1.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.89
|
|
|
$
|
0.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
Diluted EPS*
(2)
|
|
|
1.07
|
|
|
|
0.89
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
Stock prices:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
$
|
37.68
|
|
|
$
|
37.18
|
|
|
$
|
36.90
|
|
|
$
|
32.75
|
|
Low
|
|
|
28.02
|
|
|
|
30.36
|
|
|
|
30.28
|
|
|
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sum of the quarterly data may
not equal annual amounts due to rounding.
|
|
*
|
|
The sum of the quarterly earnings
per share amounts does not necessarily equal the annual earnings
per share due to changes in average share calculations. This is
in accordance with prescribed reporting requirements.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Net earnings for the first quarter
of 2009 included $12.8 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the second quarter
of 2009 included $31.7 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the third quarter
of 2009 included $50.8 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the fourth quarter
of 2009 included $45.9 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Net earnings for the first quarter
of 2008 included $12.6 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the second quarter
of 2008 included $8.8 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the third quarter
of 2008 included $24.5 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
|
|
|
Net earnings for the fourth quarter
of 2008 included $46.8 million of pre-tax
restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection
with the Companys restructuring plans.
|
128
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lexmark
International, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of
financial position and the related consolidated statements of
earnings, of cash flows and of stockholders equity and
comprehensive earnings present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of Lexmark International, Inc. and its
subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial
statement schedule listed in the Index appearing under
Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with
the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible
for these financial statements and financial statement schedule,
for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
129
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Lexington, Kentucky
February 26, 2010
130
|
|
Item 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None
|
|
Item 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation of
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Companys management, with the participation of the
Companys Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have
evaluated the effectiveness of the Companys disclosure
controls and procedures as of December 31, 2009. Based upon
that evaluation, the Companys Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
have concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and
procedures are effective in providing reasonable assurance that
the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the
reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the Exchange Act), is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules
and forms and were effective as of December 31, 2009 to
ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company
in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act
is accumulated and communicated to the Companys
management, including its principal executive and principal
financial officers or persons performing similar functions, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f).
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting based upon the framework in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on
our evaluation under the framework in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2009. The effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on
page 129.
Changes in
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company is in the process of implementing a new global
enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. Regional
implementations began in EMEA during the fourth quarter of 2009.
As a result, there were considerable changes to EMEA processes
and procedures that impact internal controls over financial
reporting. While management believes the changed controls along
with additional compensating controls relating to financial
reporting for affected processes are adequate and effective,
management is continuing to evaluate and monitor the changes in
controls and procedures as processes in each of these areas
evolve.
Except for the changes noted above, there has been no change in
the Companys internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2009,
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None
131
Part III
|
|
Item 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
Except with respect to information regarding the executive
officers of the Registrant and the Companys code of
ethics, the information required by Part III, Item 10
of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated by reference herein, and made part of this
Form 10-K,
from the Companys definitive Proxy Statement for its 2010
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to
Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end
of the fiscal year. The required information is included in the
definitive Proxy Statement under the headings Election of
Directors and Report of the Finance and Audit
Committee. The information with respect to the executive
officers of the Registrant is included under the heading
Executive Officers of the Registrant in Item 1
above. The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and
ethics for directors, officers (including the Companys
principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting
officer) and employees, known as the Code of Business Conduct.
The Code of Business Conduct, as well as the Companys
Corporate Governance Principles and the charters of each of the
committees of the Board of Directors, is available on the
Corporate Governance section of the Companys Investor
Relations website at
http://investor.lexmark.com.
The Company also intends to disclose on the Corporate Governance
section of its Investor Relations website any amendments to the
Code of Business Conduct and any waivers from the provisions of
the Code of Business Conduct that apply to the principal
executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer,
and that relate to any elements of the code of ethics enumerated
by the applicable regulation of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (Item 406(b) of
Regulation S-K).
Anyone may request a free copy of the Corporate Governance
Principles, the charters of each of the committees of the Board
of Directors or the Code of Business Conduct from:
Lexmark International, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
One Lexmark Centre Drive
740 West New Circle Road
Lexington, Kentucky 40550
(859) 232-5568
The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) requires that the
Chief Executive Officer of each listed Company certify annually
to the NYSE that he or she is not aware of any violation by the
Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards as of the
date of such certification. The Company submitted the
certification of its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Paul
J. Curlander, for 2009 with its Annual Written Affirmation to
the NYSE on May 5, 2009.
The Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the
principal executive officer and principal financial officer of
the Company make certain certifications pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and file the
certifications as exhibits with each Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
In connection with this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed with respect to the year ended December 31, 2009,
these certifications were made by Paul J. Curlander, Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, and John W. Gamble, Jr.,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the
Company and are included as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
Item 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
Information required by Part III, Item 11 of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated by reference from the Companys definitive
Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is
hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this
Form 10-K.
The required information is included in the definitive Proxy
Statement under the headings Compensation
Discussion & Analysis, Executive
Compensation, Director Compensation and
Compensation Committee Report.
132
|
|
Item 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
Information required by Part III, Item 12 of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated by reference from the Companys definitive
Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is
hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this
Form 10-K.
The required information is included in the definitive Proxy
Statement under the headings Security Ownership by
Management and Principal Stockholders and Equity
Compensation Plan Information.
|
|
Item 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
Information required by Part III, Item 13 of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated by reference from the Companys definitive
Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is
hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this
Form 10-K.
The required information is included in the definitive Proxy
Statement under the headings Composition of Board and
Committees, Executive Compensation and
Director Compensation.
|
|
Item 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
Information required by Part III, Item 14 of this
Form 10-K
is incorporated by reference from the Companys definitive
Proxy Statement for its 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders,
which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is
hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this
Form 10-K.
The required information is included in the definitive Proxy
Statement under the heading Ratification of the
Appointment of Independent Auditors.
Part IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
|
|
(a) (1)
|
Financial
Statements:
|
Financial statements filed as part of this
Form 10-K
are included under Part II, Item 8.
|
|
(2)
|
Financial
Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pages In Form 10-K
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included
in Part II, Item 8
|
|
|
129
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
134
|
|
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is
inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated
Financial Statements or related Notes.
Exhibits for the Company are listed in the Index to Exhibits
beginning on
page E-1.
133
LEXMARK
INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
(In
Millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
(B)
|
|
(C)
|
|
(D)
|
|
(E)
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Charged to
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Beginning
|
|
Costs and
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
End of
|
Description
|
|
of Period
|
|
Expenses
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Deductions
|
|
Period
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
$
|
14.9
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
15.6
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debt
|
|
$
|
15.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.8
|
|
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
134
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized in the City of Lexington, Commonwealth
of Kentucky, on February 26, 2010.
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Name: Paul J. Curlander
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the following capacities and
on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ Paul
J. Curlander
Paul
J. Curlander
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer)
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
W. Gamble, Jr.
John
W. Gamble, Jr.
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Teresa
Beck
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
William
R. Fields
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Ralph
E. Gomory
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Stephen
R. Hardis
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
James
F. Hardymon
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Robert
Holland, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Marvin
L. Mann
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Michael
J. Maples
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Jean-Paul
L. Montupet
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Kathi
P. Seifert
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ *Robert
J. Patton, Attorney-in-Fact
*Robert
J. Patton, Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
135
Index to
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 29,
2000, by and between Lexmark International, Inc. (the
Company) and Lexmark International Group, Inc.(1)
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(2)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(2)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated as of July 26, 2001, to Company
By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(3)
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 20, 2006, to
Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(4)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indenture, dated as of May 22, 2008, between the
Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as
Trustee.(5)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Form of First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 22,
2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York
Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.(5)
|
|
4
|
.3
|
|
Form of Global Note of the Companys 5.900% Senior
Notes due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.2).(5)
|
|
4
|
.4
|
|
Form of Global Note of the Companys 6.650% Senior
Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2).(5)
|
|
4
|
.5
|
|
Specimen of Class A Common Stock Certificate.(2)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1990, between the Company
and Canon Inc., and Amendment thereto.(6)*
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1991, between the Company
and Hewlett-Packard Company.(6)*
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Patent Cross-License Agreement, effective October 1, 1996,
between Hewlett-Packard Company and the Company.(7)*
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1991, between IBM and the Company, and First
Amendment, dated as of March 1, 1991, thereto.(8)
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of
December 28, 2000, between IBM and the Company.(9)
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2009, by and among
the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Bank of America,
N.A., as Syndication Agent, and Citibank, N.A. and SunTrust
Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents.(10)
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of
October 8, 2004, by and among Lexmark Receivables
Corporation (LRC), as Seller, CIESCO, LLC and Gotham
Funding Corporation (Gotham), as the Investors,
Citibank, N.A. and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York
Branch (BTM), as the Banks, Citicorp North America,
Inc. (CNAI) and BTM, as the Investor Agents, CNAI,
as Program Agent for the Investors and Banks, and the Company,
as Collection Agent and Originator.(11)
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of October 7, 2005, by and among LRC, as Seller, CIESCO,
LLC, Gotham, Citibank, N.A., BTM, and CNAI, as Program Agent,
CNAI and BTM, as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection
Agent and Originator.(12)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of October 6, 2006, by and among LRC, as Seller, CIESCO,
LLC and Gotham, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and The Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch
(BTMUFJ), CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ,
as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection Agent and
Originator.(13)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of March 30, 2007, by and among LRC, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC
and Gotham, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and BTMUFJ, CNAI,
as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ, as Investor Agents, and the
Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(14)
|
E-1
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of October 5, 2007, by and among LRC, as Seller, CIESCO,
LLC and Gotham, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and BTMUFJ,
CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ, as Investor Agents, and
the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(15)
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of October 3, 2008, by and among LRC, as Seller, Gotham,
BTMUFJ, as Program Agent, an Investor Agent and a Bank, and the
Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(16)
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Amendment No. 6 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as
of October 2, 2009, by and among LRC, as Seller, Gotham,
BTMUFJ, as Program Agent, an Investor Agent and a Bank, and the
Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(17)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of
October 22, 2001, by and between the Company, as Seller,
and LRC, as Purchaser.(3)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amendment to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of
October 17, 2002, by and between the Company, as Seller,
and LRC, as Purchaser.(18)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 20, 2003, by and between the Company,
as Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(19)
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 8, 2004, by and between the Company, as
Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(11)
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company, as
Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(12)
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between the Company, as
Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(15)
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Amendment No. 6 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 3, 2008, by and between the Company, as
Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(16)
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Amendment No. 7 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement,
dated as of October 2, 2009, by and between the Company, as
Seller, and LRC, as Purchaser.(17)
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Company Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective
April 23, 2009.(20)+
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the
Companys Stock Incentive Plan.(21)+
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Form of Performance-Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement
pursuant to the Companys Stock Incentive Plan.(22)+
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the
Companys Stock Incentive Plan.(23)+
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
pursuant to the Companys Stock Incentive Plan.(23)+
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Company Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, Amended and Restated,
effective April 30, 1998. (24)+
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Companys Nonemployee Director
Stock Plan, dated as of February 11, 1999.(25)+
|
|
10
|
.29
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Companys Nonemployee Director
Stock Plan, dated as of April 29, 1999. (26)+
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Amendment No. 3 to the Companys Nonemployee Director
Stock Plan, dated as of July 24, 2003. (27)+
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Amendment No. 4 to the Companys Nonemployee Director
Stock Plan, dated as of April 22, 2004.(28)+
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
Amendment No. 5 to the Companys Nonemployee Director
Stock Plan, dated as of December 19, 2008.(23)+
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Companys
Nonemployee Director Stock Plan(29)+
|
|
10
|
.34
|
|
Company 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, as Amended and
Restated, effective January 1, 2009.(23)+
|
E-2
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description of Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the
Companys 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan. (13)+
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Form of Initial Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the
Companys 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan. (13)+
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Form of Annual Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the
Companys 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan.+
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Agreement pursuant to the
Companys
2007-2009
Long-Term Incentive Plan.(16)+
|
|
10
|
.39
|
|
Form of Agreement pursuant to the Companys
2008-2010
Long-Term Incentive Plan.(16)+
|
|
10
|
.40
|
|
Company Senior Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as Amended
and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.(23)+
|
|
10
|
.41
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement entered into as of November 1,
2008, by and between the Company and each of Paul J. Curlander,
John W. Gamble, Jr., Paul A. Rooke, Martin S. Canning and
Ronaldo M. Foresti.(16)+
|
|
10
|
.42
|
|
Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of
November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and each of
Paul J. Curlander, John W. Gamble, Jr. and Paul A. Rooke.(16)+
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of
November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and each of
Martin S. Canning and Ronaldo M. Foresti.(16)+
|
|
10
|
.44
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into as of
April 30, 1998, by and between the Company and each of Paul
J. Curlander and Paul A. Rooke; entered into as of
September 6, 2005, by and between the Company and John W.
Gamble, Jr.; entered into as of July 27, 2007, by and
between the Company and Martin S. Canning; and entered into as
of January 1, 2008, by and between the Company and Ronaldo
M. Foresti.(29)+
|
|
10
|
.45
|
|
Description of Compensation Payable to Nonemployee Directors.+
|
|
12
|
.1
|
|
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
|
|
21
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
23
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
24
|
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant
to
Rule 13a-14(a)
and 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to
Rule 13a-14(a)
and 15d-14(a), as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Confidential treatment previously granted by the Securities and
Exchange Commission. |
|
+ |
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or
arrangement. |
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2000 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Current Report
on
Form 8-K
filed with the Commission on December 20, 2006 (Commission
File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Current Report
on
Form 8-K
filed with the Commission on May 22, 2008 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
E-3
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys
Form S-1
Registration Statement, Amendment No. 2 (Registration
No. 33-97218)
filed with the Commission on November 13, 1995. |
|
(7) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q/A
for the quarter ended September 30, 1996 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(8) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys
Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration
No. 33-97218)
filed with the Commission on September 22, 1995. |
|
(9) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 (Commission
File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(10) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Current Report
on
Form 8-K
and Form
8-K/A filed
with the Commission on August 21, 2009 and August 28,
2009 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(11) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Current Report
on
Form 8-K
filed with the Commission on October 13, 2004 (Commission
File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(12) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(13) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(14) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(15) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(16) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(17) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Current Report
on
Form 8-K
filed with the Commission on October 2, 2009 (Commission
File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(18) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(19) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(20) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Proxy Statement
on Form DEF 14A filed with the Commission on March 6,
2009 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(21) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(22) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(23) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (Commission
File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(24) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(25) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 1999 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(26) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(27) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
|
(28) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (Commission file
No. 1-14050). |
|
(29) |
|
Incorporated by reference to the Companys Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 (Commission File
No. 1-14050). |
E-4